➺ word count: 4.1k
➺ genre & warnings: strangers to lovers, meet-cute(?), fluff, office workers!jungwoo & reader, minor injury & blood, jungwoo hits reader with a bike (accidentally!) lol
➺ synopsis: in which jungwoo accidentally runs you over biking home from work, breaking your work laptop and spraining your wrist. in order to make it up to you, he helps you out with some errands. and when he finds out that your date that night cancelled on you, he helps you out then, too
➺ author’s note: a short one but a cute one. been a min since i wrote for my wooloved and i missed him so bad (and im abt to miss him EVEN MORE)
“Ugh!” You let out one more frustrated screech, storming off, busted laptop in hand.
“Wh—Hey! You’re bleeding!” The man called after you.
“Fuck off!” You flicked him off over your shoulder, not slowing down in the slightest.
Giving a thank-you to the businessman who held the door open ahead of you, you departed your office building, laptop in hand and bag on your shoulder. You had walked to work today, so you waited at the crosswalk with the usual crowd of pedestrians, traffic zipping by. Thoughts of what you’d eat for dinner intermingled with the presentation that you still had to finish preparing tonight. As soon as the crosswalk signal flipped, you followed the others across, still trying to recall what you had in your fridge, or if you should just pick something up on your way home.
“Woah!” A startled yelp came at the same time that something crashed into you, sending you flying to the pavement.
“Ow! Fuck!” You cursed and groaned as you rolled over onto your side, trying to get your bearings. A bicycle was on the ground next to you, presumably what had just hit you.
“Oh my god, I’m so sorry!” A man exclaimed, helping to your feet. “That was my fault!”
“Yeah, it fucking was,” you spat, inspecting the blood running down your arms. Everything fucking hurt, particularly those fresh cuts, which stung with grit and dirt.
“Uh, here…” He sheepishly held out a metal rectangle that you recognized as your work laptop, now with several deep, long scratches and numerous scuffs adorning the outside.
Wincing preemptively, you opened it, greeted by a completely shattered screen. Your usual login screen made an ill-fated attempt to appear, erroneous multicolored patches overtaking two-thirds of the pixels, and complete darkness in the rest. “No! No!” You futilely smacked the gravel-filled keys. “My boss is going to kill me! This was my work computer!”
“I’m so—”
“I had a presentation tomorrow! And all my reports! And client documents!” Your half-panicked, half-furious yelling was drawing attention from other passerby, especially because you were still in the crosswalk.
“Oh, I’m so sor—”
“Ugh!” You let out one more frustrated screech, storming off, busted laptop in hand.
“Wh—Hey! You’re bleeding!” The man called after you.
“Fuck off!” You flicked him off over your shoulder, not slowing down in the slightest.
Leaving your office the next afternoon, your jaw dropped for a split-second before you snapped it back up, gritting your teeth together and glaring at the figure standing right in front of your building, bike in tow. He was in a dress shirt cuffed to the elbow and slacks, looking as if he’d just come from an office as well. Stomping right up to him, you demanded, “What the hell are you doing here? How the fuck did you even know where I work?”
“Sticker on the laptop… same logo… I took a guess,” he confessed, pointing to the sign above your head for your workplace, the logo of which was in fact on every company-issued laptop.
“Great stalking skills.” Your lip curled with distaste. “Did you follow me home yesterday too?”
“What? No, no.” He waved his hands in front of him frantically. “I’m sorry for this, and hitting you yesterday, obviously, I just wanted to make sure you were alright. And if they made you pay for the laptop, to pay you back.”
You briefly contemplated telling him some random number and just taking his money—you were certain he would’ve paid you whatever to make this right at this point—but his sincerity actually touched whatever shred of decency you had left, making you give just enough pause to sigh and shake your head. “It was still covered under accident warranty, so I didn’t have to pay. I’m sure the fact that I looked like I’d been hit by a bus helped sell it.”
Lifting your wrist that was in a brand-new splint thanks to your visit to the urgent care yesterday, you saw his features change into a strange mix of both relief and shame.
“Right. I am so, so sorry—”
“What were you doing?” You demanded.
“What?”
“When you hit me. Instead of looking where you were going?”
He rubbed the back of his neck. “There was this dog sticking his head out a car window…”
You blinked once, twice. “Are you fucking kidding—”
“I’m sorry! I’m sorry! I’m sorry!” He clasped his hands together desperately, eyes screwing shut as he pleaded with you, “Is there anything I can do? I can’t believe I did that, and I’m so—”
“Come on.” You pivoted on your heel and took off down the sidewalk, not bothering to see if he was following.
“What’s going on?” He scrambled to keep up with you on the busy streets, pushing his bike beside him.
“I have to do some errands. It’ll be easier with two hands.”
“Oh, yeah, of course!” He agreed eagerly. “I’m Jungwoo, by the way.”
“Y/N,” you informed him tersely. Once again appraising his business casual wear, messenger bag slung across his back, and dark brown hair that curled at the nape of his neck, you noticed the absence of something. “Aren’t you supposed to wear a helmet? In case you get hit by a car or something?”
“Yeah, I guess,” Jungwoo replied noncommittally. “But the helmet hair…”
You snorted. “More important than keeping your brains from being spilled on the streets, of course.”
“You get it!” He grinned.
Your first stop was a specialty shop for hiking, camping, and other outdooring activities. Craning your neck around, you spotted exactly what you were looking for along one wall, and made a beeline over there. As you inspected a few different types of trekking poles, Jungwoo watched you curiously.
“You like hiking?”
“No, they’re for my sister,” you explained, examining the specs of the different brands. “It’s her birthday this weekend. This is what she asked for.”
After a couple more minutes, you made a decision, grabbing a packaged pair in your good hand and heading towards the checkout. Standing in line behind a couple other patrons, you handed the poles to Jungwoo in order to root around in your purse for your wallet.
“She tells you what to buy her?”
“Yeah, takes the stress out of trying to find the perfect present,” you explained, finally securing your wallet. “And when it’s your birthday, you get stuff that you actually want and will use instead of a bunch of junk. Thoughtful, well-meaning junk. But junk.”
“I like surprises,” he commented with a pout. “It’s fun getting people something they would’ve never gotten themselves. Something special, you know?”
“Hey, I’m not knocking a really good gift like that.” You shook your head. “But I just don’t think most people are cut out for that kind of gift-giving. So I’m practical about it. I’m sure you’re great at it, Jungwoo.”
It was your turn then, and Jungwoo set the trekking poles on the counter for you before taking your wallet from you to aid in getting your credit card out. You pointed to which one you needed, and he politely handed it to you between two delicate fingers. Nodding to him graciously, you paid for the item, and he slid your card back in before putting your wallet away as well. The cashier bagged the poles up for you, and Jungwoo accepted the bag from him.
“Where to next, boss?” He asked once he’d fetched his bike from the rack outside.
“Library. I have some returns and a few holds that are ready,” you announced.
The two of you headed off again. “So that’s what the five books in your purse are for. I was wondering about those,” Jungwoo commented.
“It’s only like three or four,” you insisted, opening your bag to count the spines yourself. “One, two three four… five, six.”
“Oh, I underestimated!” He laughed.
“I won’t be shamed for being literate,” you huffed, your attempt to cross your arms getting hindered awkwardly by your splint.
“So what are you reading?”
“This and that.” You peeked at the book titles again to refresh your memory. “One was a cookbook, actually, I wanted to try baking something for my friend’s baby shower last week. There’re a couple non-fictions, linguistics and like niche history stuff. Sci-fi, science fantasy… I grabbed this one romantasy that my friend was raving about but I couldn’t finish it. Honestly, I knew I shouldn’t have even tried, that just isn’t my thing.”
“You checked out a cookbook from the library?” Jungwoo cocked his head. “Couldn’t you have just found a recipe online?”
“So many of the ones online are behind a paywall or are all trying to jump on the same trend cycles. I wanted to look somewhere different for once.”
“What did you end up baking?”
“Lemon blueberry bread. My neighbor’s parents grown their own blueberries on a farm outside of the city and he gave me some. It was so good.”
Jungwoo locked up his bike while you dumped your returns into the chute nearby, then the two of you entered the library together. Lowering your voice to match the quiet atmosphere, you told him, “I want to browse before picking up my holds.”
You waved to the librarian behind the front desk, heading further into the aisles, back towards the nonfiction. As your eyes skimmed the spines, you were conscious of Jungwoo’s presence beside you. Still looking at the books, you asked, “So what do you do?”
“Huh? Like, for work?”
“Yeah. I assume running people over doesn’t pay your bills.”
He laughed under his breath, having to step in closer to you to allow another patron to pass by you two in the aisle. He stayed there to keep talking to you at a low volume, “I’m an associate at Yoon, Park & Song.”
You were well aware of the big law firm a few blocks from your work, not only did you pass by it on your commute every day, your own office used them as outside counsel for matters that your on-staff general counsel couldn’t handle. Looking him up and down, you arched an eyebrow. “They let you in like that?”
“Suit jacket and tie are in my bag.” He patted said messenger bag. “I clean up nice.”
“They cover a lot of areas of law,” you stated mildly. “What do you want to do?”
“Environmental law. They represent a bunch of conservation groups pro bono.”
That gave you pause, and you smiled slightly. “I actually didn’t know that. Interesting.”
“What about you? I know your company is in healthcare, right?”
“EMR. Electronic medical record software. We make the computer program that hospitals and doctors’ offices use to keep patients’ medical records,” you gave as succinct of a summary as you could. “I don’t do any of the super technical coding or anything. I’m customer-forward. I’m part of the team that goes on-site once a client has chosen to use our software to determine how to best optimize our program to suit their facility’s needs. And any time something goes wrong, I also have to go see what’s wrong with it and report back to our programmers so they actually have all the information they need to fix it.”
“That’s really interesting.” Jungwoo’s eyes were glittering in the harsh fluorescents.
Hooking your finger in the top of the spine of a book, you tugged it off the shelf, turning it over in your hands to skim the blurb on the back. With a nod, you tucked it into the crook of your other elbow, going back to looking. The book was plucked from your grasp, Jungwoo holding it himself.
After selecting a couple more titles, you went up to the counter, flashing the librarian a bright smile. “Hi, Soojin!”
“Hey, Y/N.” She reached under the counter, bringing out a stack of books. “Got your holds right here.”
“Thank you!” You leaned against the desk as she started scanning in your holds and the selections that Jungwoo set down.
She frowned and pointed to your splinted arm. “What happened to your wrist?”
“Some idiot cyclist hit me leaving work,” you groaned and gave Jungwoo’s ankle a teasing kick beside you.
“Ugh, I hate those assholes!” She complained. “They have no consideration for cars or pedestrians! They just expect everyone else to get out of their way!”
“I know, they’re the worst.”
Soojin finished checking out all your books, sliding the stack across the desk to you. Jungwoo started loading them into his messenger bag without prompting.
“When did you get a manservant?”
“Found him online,” you snickered. “Thanks, Soojin.”
The librarian gave you a cheery goodbye, “See you, Y/N, Y/N’s manservant!”
Stepping off the last stair from the library down onto the sidewalk, you announced to Jungwoo, “Okay, last stop—”
“Y/N!” He jerked you back by your elbow, and you let out an embarrassing sound as you stumbled into his chest.
A cyclist flew through the exact spot where you had just been, the whoosh of air blowing around your hair. The man even went so far as to curse at you for being in his way as he kept going, throwing up his middle finger.
“No, you watch where you’re going!” Jungwoo yelled after him. “Use the bike lane, jerk!”
“Okay, am I wearing a bike magnet or something?” You breathed out, looking down at your outfit in disbelief.
“I mean, at least I technically hit you in the street, where I was supposed to be,” Jungwoo defended himself in jest. “That guy can’t get upset at pedestrians for being in the sidewalk.”
“Good reflexes this time.” You patted him on the shoulder appreciatively. “Okay, now time to go to our last stop.”
Your last stop was a tailor’s shop, a small family-owned business that you had been taking garments to as long as you’d lived in this area. They’d already called you earlier today to let you know that your items were ready for pickup. Handing your ticket to the man behind the counter, he quickly fetched your hangers from the rack nearby. He allowed you to inspect everything to make sure the various mendings and adjustments were satisfactory, then you paid. Jungwoo dutifully folded your garments over his arm, and at this point you were starting to feel a little bad. He really did look like your manservant, carrying your bag from the hiking store, his messenger bag weighed down by your many books, and now with a pile of clothes in his arms.
“Do you want some help?” You offered, seeing that he was now having to push his bike one-handed.
“Nope, I got it,” he refused. “I’m helping you today.”
“Alright, alright.” You pointed up ahead. “My place is right there.”
After unlocking the door to your building, Jungwoo left his bike leaning in the entryway and followed you upstairs. You gestured for him to set your clothes on your dining table as you took your sister’s gift from him.
“Uhm, you can put my books on the table, too,” you said. One glance at the clock above your stove flooded your veins with panic, and you darted over to your bedroom with the gift. Before you could close the door, you requested, “Could you stay for a couple more minutes? I just need help with one more thing.”
He looked up from where he had been pulling the books out of his bag and nodded. “Of course, yeah.”
“Awesome, thank you!”
Reemerging with your phone tucked under your bad arm and necklace in the other hand, you spotted Jungwoo still over by your dining table, hands tucked into his pockets as he looked around your apartment curiously. You hurried over to him with an apologetic smile, holding the necklace out to him.
“Could you help me put this on?” You asked as you turned around.
Jungwoo laid the cool pendant down on your chest, breaths washing over the shell of your ear as he worked on connecting the clasp to the jump ring. “Outfit change,” he observed, voice barely above a hum. “You look nice.”
“Thanks,” you breathed.
His fingertips brushed the back of your neck just the slightest as he dropped the chain to let it hang from your neck. “There you go.”
Spinning back around to face him, you made a gesture for him to wait a moment as you shot off a quick text first.
[you: hey, i got home from work late, so i might be a few minutes late, sorry! i’m on my way, but i just wanted to give you a heads up!]
“Thank you so much for all your help today, Jungwoo.” Your words were as rushed as you felt. “But I’m kind of running late for a date, so—”
Your phone buzzed in your hand, and you immediately read the incoming text from your date.
Jungwoo started in the directed of your front door. “Yeah, I’ll uh, I’ll get going then.”
[seohyuk: oh, i completely forgot to tell you that im not going lol]
“Or not,” you sighed, trying not to let your voice waver too much.
“Huh?”
You plopped down on your couch, throwing your phone on the cushion beside you to bury your face in your hands. “Apparently decided he didn’t want to go on the date anymore and forgot to tell me until right now.”
“What a dick.”
Looking down at the nice outfit you’d just put on, you sighed, “Well, that was a waste.”
“No.” Jungwoo was reaching into his messenger bag, and you watched him fetch a bunched-up suit jacket from inside. Tossing his bag at his feet, he tugged his jacket on, still talking to you resolutely, “I’m not going to let some forgettable asshole ruin your day, especially when I worked so hard all afternoon to make sure you had a good one.” He fixed up his shirt collar under his jacket and smoothed out the tuck of his dress shirt into his slacks, then offered you a hand. “Come on.”
Placing your hand atop his, you let him pull you to your feet, a smile already tugging at the corner of your mouth. You followed him out the door, questioning, “So where are we going?”
“Dinner. I know a place.”
Sat across from Jungwoo, you watched him peruse his menu for a moment, features awash in the warm glow of the mood lighting. Incredibly, his suit jacket showed no hint of having just been crumpled up in a bag for several hours.
“You do clean up good,” you stated with a sly smile.
Jungwoo pushed his hair out of his face with a hand, grinning. “I’m not a liar.”
“Unique quality in a lawyer.”
“Ouch.”
“I thought this place was reservation-only.” You indicated to the high-class establishment that you had found yourself in. You and Jungwoo had been able to waltz in with practically no wait.
“The owner is a personal friend of Mr. Yoon. Show your business card with the firm logo on it, they’ll always find you a table,” he explained. Leaning forward, he admitted, “This is the first time I’ve ever tried that. I’m just happy it worked so I didn’t embarrass myself in front of you.”
“How do they make sure people don’t take advantage of that?”
“Owner is a personal friend of Mr. Yoon,” he repeated emphatically. “Any complaints will go directly to him. And you don’t want him to know your name for the wrong reasons.” He chuckled and shook his head. “So I probably won’t do that again for another year or two at least.”
You smiled, looking back down at your menu. “Well, I appreciate you using your opportunity on making me feel better. And for all your help today.”
The waiter came around to take your order, dropping off your drinks at the same time. Jungwoo held his up indicatively, and you clinked yours against it. “Thanks for letting me come along with you today, Y/N. I had a lot of fun.”
“Me too.” Taking a sip of your drink, you couldn’t help but be curious about something, “Did you really have no plans on a Friday night?”
“New in town,” he explained. “Moved here for the job after graduation. If I wasn’t doing this, I would’ve been home alone watching TV or something.”
“Haven’t gotten on the apps yet?”
“They kind of scare me,” he admitted sheepishly. “I don’t know, I want to meet people face-to-face, I guess.”
“So you prefer the old-fashioned way, like running them over with a bike?”
Jungwoo laughed. “Exactly!”
“I can’t really judge you, I’m clearly not finding any keepers the new way either,” you snorted, futzing with your wrist brace.
“How long until it heals?” He gestured to your limb.
“A couple weeks. I can barely feel it anymore.” You shrugged. “Did you hurt anything? I don’t think I ever asked.”
“Little bruise on my side from my handlebar and my pedal scratched up my leg a bit, but you really got the brunt of it.”
“I think my laptop made it out the worst, actually.”
The waiter came back around with your appetizer, and Jungwoo immediately tugged the plate over to his side to start cutting the food up into bite-sized pieces. You relaxed back into the plush booth.
“What made you want to do environmental law?”
“My mom is a marine biologist, and my dad is a geologist. I actually got my bachelor’s degree in earth science. I took a class on environmental law as part of that degree and realized that in order for people like my parents to keep doing the research and conservation they’re doing, there needs to be a lot more stuffy people in stuffy suits in stuffy offices fighting for that.” He smiled down at the plate as he kept cutting the food. “Which was actually the perfect fit for me. As much as I love nature, I’m just not an outdoorsy person like my parents. So now I get to protect it in a different way.”
You continued watching him fondly as he pushed the plate back into the middle of the table. “That’s really cool, actually.”
“How’d you end up at your company?” He questioned.
“Just kind of fell into it, I guess. I wasn’t picky about where I worked after school, as long as I wasn’t bored and the money was alright,” you admitted. “But I do like it. I like… finding solutions.”
“What if you can’t find a solution?”
“I haven’t been stumped yet.”
After dinner, you ended up back in front of your apartment door. Turning to your date, you said humorously, “Jungwoo.”
“Hm?”
“Your bicycle is downstairs.”
“I thought you might need help with your necklace, or your zipper or something,” he replied with a teasing lilt, his eyes shining earnestly.
You laughed lightly. “You’re like a puppy always wanting to learn new tricks. Go ahead, you can take my necklace off for me.”
This time, you didn’t turn around to grant him easier access to the clasp, instead looking up at him as he leaned in closer to you. His fingertips brushed along the nape of your neck as he picked the chain up, gaze darting between your face and his task. You held your good hand palm-up expectantly in the small space left between you, and he dropped your jewelry into it.
“Thank you,” you accepted it graciously. “I don’t need any help with my zipper tonight…” The flash of disappointment on his face didn’t escape your notice, much to your amusement. You continued, “But how about a kiss goodnight?”
Jungwoo didn’t need to be told twice, leaning down to press his lips to yours. With both of your hands occupied, you couldn’t grab his tie like you very much wanted to. Instead, you stepped into his embrace as one of his arms snaked around your waist and a knuckle from his other hand traced under your jaw. The faint click of the front door of your building unlocking downstairs reached you in the back of your mind, and you pulled back.
“Goodnight, Jungwoo,” you said quietly, giving him a final soft kiss on the cheek. “Thank you again.”
“Goodnight.” He watched you unlock your door and step inside, all with a smile on his face.
“Get home safe.”
“I will.”
“Bye now,” you said, beginning to close your door.
“Bye!” He managed to blurt out right before it shut all the way.
Monday evening as you left work, you spotted a familiar tall figure standing still among the throng of scurrying businessmen, bike in hand. You made your way over to him with a smile.
“Walk you home?” Jungwoo offered. “In case you need two hands.”
“What excuse will you have once my wrist is better?” You teased.
“Hopefully by then, you’ll be so utterly charmed and wooed that you’ll want me to walk you home anyway, despite your lack of need for a manservant.”
“You can keep walking me home, Jungwoo,” you said with a laugh. “Even when I no longer require your manservant capabilities.”
He pumped his fist in the air. “Yes!”
Looping your arm under his, you rested your hand in the crook of his elbow and started in the direction of your apartment together.
⇢ word count: 37.8k total (22.7k & 15.1k)
⇢ genre: sci-fi/science fantasy au, soulmate au, alien!jungwoo, human!reader, slow burn, fluff and angst
⇢ warnings: blood/injury mentions, a couple needle/injection mentions, if u get secondhand embarrassment this one might hurt in places
⇢ extra info: this is the second part of a two-part fic, you need to read the first part to know what’s going on! this was released in two parts bc of tumblr’s 1000-block limit that was put in place to hurt me personally :))
⇢ author’s note: and here’s part two!
⇢ part one
“What did I say before, hm? Finders keepers,” you declared, grabbing his other hand. “You’re not going to die as long as I have something to say about it.”
The screen of your phone lit up from where it sat on the dashboard of Jungwoo’s spaceship, and you immediately grabbed it. It was Donghyuck, and at this point, you would’ve taken your bestie ‘SPAM LIKELY’ to get you out of here.
“Hey, it’s Hyuck, you got it here?” You asked Jungwoo, already on your feet.
“Yes, I’ll be okay,” Jungwoo confirmed, eyes momentarily leaving the screen to meet yours.
You clambered out of the hatch with haste, taking off into the trees. Hastily sending Donghyuck a text that you’d call him back in a minute, you practically bolted back up the cliffside to get to the road before doing just that.
Hyuck picked up before it could even ring once, not wasting any time, “Hey, how’s our pet alien?”
“He has a name,” you retorted, still out of breath.
“He doesn’t seem to mind when I call him that.”
“He probably doesn’t understand how derogatory it could be. His language might not have a direct equivalent for the concept.”
“Yeah, whatever, how is he?”
“Fine. All of his wounds have healed.”
Your friend’s tone immediately shifted. “You sound weird. What’s going on?”
“Nothing!” You insisted.
“Y/N.”
“Promise not to tell anyone?”
“Sure.”
And so after explaining your situation to Donghyuck to the best of your ability, you waited with bated breath for his response.
“Oh my God, he’s going to lay his eggs in you,” he gasped.
“Hyuck! Gross!” You hissed, half-ready to hang up right then.
“I’ve seen enough alien movies to know where this is going.”
“Or watched too much weird porn.”
“You didn’t laugh at my joke, clearly you’re in crisis, sorry.” His apology sounded sincere.
You sighed, staring down into the trees below you that you knew contained a spaceship and spaceman that weren’t from here, that didn’t belong here. “I mean, he’s still fixing his ship to leave…”
“What if he plans on abducting you and taking you with him?”
“Stop it!” You scolded him again. “Jungwoo wouldn’t do that.”
“You seriously think he’ll just leave his mate behind?”
“You are way too comfortable saying that word.”
“This is not about my nighttime proclivities.”
“If I told him to, yeah, I think he would. He’s been super respectful, all things considered.”
“Okay… whatever…”
You were worried. Jungwoo had continued fixing his ship, but with each passing day, you swore he was looking worse again. He said his wounds had completely healed inside and out, but the pallor of his skin didn’t look right, he was moving slower again, and he didn’t eat as much at meals. You took a risk and took him there during the day today, not wanting to risk drawing out his stay on Earth any longer than necessary.
Just getting him down to the ship today was perilous, as he tripped going down the last of the hillside. A rock had cut his arm, thankfully not very deep, but the sight of the deep blue blood did nothing to calm your anxious mind. He let you take a second to use a first aid kit in the ship on him, but then was right back to business as usual, fixing his ship.
“How’s it coming along?” You asked, hovering over him worriedly as he sat on the floor, working on a panel under the control console.
“It’s almost done,” he informed you quietly.
“Jungwoo, you don’t look okay.”
“I’m fine.”
“Is it the hydrogen? Or something else that you can’t get on Earth?” You went to press the back of your hand to his forehead. It was sticky with sweat, but simultaneously cold and clammy. “Shit, dude, you feel awful.”
“I’m—I’ll be fine.”
“Are you sure?”
“Yes, I just need to get back to-to Galaria.”
“Okay, yeah,” you nodded. “Let’s get you back. You said it’s almost done. What else do you need?”
“One of your friends is a mechanic?”
“Yeah, Yuta. He fixes cars.” You were slightly alarmed that he apparently couldn’t remember which one.
Jungwoo held out a long, thin black tube to you. “Could you ask him if he has something like this? Twice as long?”
“Of course! I'll go right now!” You took the tube from him. “You stay right here. Rest, okay?”
He nodded, leaning against the panel and shutting his eyes.
You ran into Yuta’s auto shop, skidding to a stop and nearly crashing into a bench and toolbox, drawing the attention of everyone in the shop. Every head whipped over to look at you, and Yuta pushed himself out from under a truck on the far side of the shop.
“Yuta!” You dashed over to him, ignoring the attempts at conversation from his coworkers as you ran by them.
“Off-limits, assholes!” Yuta yelled back at them before focusing on you again, grabbing a rag to wipe his hands off. “Y/N, what are you doing here?”
“It’s Jungwoo, he needs something like this, but double the length.” You held the tube out to him. “Do you have anything like it? I’ll pay for it.”
Yuta inspected it with a furrowed brow, and you dropped your voice even lower as the sounds of the auto shop rose again.
“Please, he’s-he’s really not doing well. I don’t know how much longer he can be here, Yuta. Something about Earth, it’s not good for him. I’m really worried.”
“Yeah, I would be if I were you.” Yuta handed the tube back to you, then crossed his arms over his chest. “I gave him a part just like that two days ago. He said it was the last piece he needed.”
“What?!” Your heart fell to the pit of your stomach.
“I gave him a new brake hose two days ago. Unless he blew it up again, this isn’t it.”
“I’ve got to go.” You took off towards the door of the garage. “Bye, Yuta! Thanks!”
“See you around!”
Something wasn’t right. You could feel it in the pit of your stomach as you looked down at the brake hose in your hands. You could feel it in the deep rumble of the pavement under your feet as you ran down the shoulder of the highway back towards the ship. You could feel it in your lungs as you sucked in air that smelled oddly smoky. There was no caution in your movements as you took the familiar path down into the trees. Sirens followed behind you from all directions, converging on the same place as you. But you had gotten there before them.
The ship pulsated with an energy you had never seen before, no longer dull dark metal, but thrumming with power, colorful bursts of light jumping from panel to panel. The reactors at the back that you had watched Jungwoo rebuild with his own two hands roared to life.
No friends to grab you and hold you back now. It was only you.
You lunged for the button that you knew would extend the ladder, throwing the hose to the ground so you could have two free hands to scramble up the side of the ship. At the cockpit, you held onto the top rung of the ladder as the ship jerked and lifted off the ground. You desperately hit the other button to open the glass hatch, dropping into the cockpit and pulling the dome shut with you.
Jungwoo was crumpled in a heap on the ground in front of the controls, not even in a seat. Thankfully, he took a small, shallow breath. The ship accelerated, throwing the both of you across the cockpit. You swore as your head impacted with the wall, and Jungwoo grunted as he hit another panel.
“What the hell is your problem, Jungwoo?” You chastised him as you rolled him over. “You tell me you’ve imprinted on me, then send me off on a wild goose chase so that you can leave without saying goodbye? And then you fucking pass out?”
“Y/N?” He mumbled, slowly blinking a couple times as he looked up at you. “That’s… you?”
“Yes, you dumbass,” you scoffed, pulling his head onto your lap as you were truly just relieved to see his eyes open again. “Now come on, don’t fall asleep on me again.”
“Mm… yes… it’ll be nice… I think… to die in your arms.”
“Christ, you’re so dramatic,” you rolled your eyes to not give away how fast your heart was beating, how sweaty your palms were, or that your hands were shaking with nerves. “You’re not going to die. You hear me? It looks like you’ve already put in directions back home, right? To Galaria? Please tell me this thing has autopilot.”
“Yes. Provided… there are no… unexpected emergencies…” He took several uneven, short breaths. “The ship… will take care of it…”
“Awesome. How often are there unexpected emergencies in intergalactic travel?”
Jungwoo was out cold.
You hung your head, letting out a deep sigh. “Cool. Great. Nice one, Y/N. Stuck on a spaceship that you don’t know how to fly. In space. With a half-dead alien. Stellar life choices, as always.”
You had no clue how much time had passed since you’d left Earth. There were no clocks—at least not ones that you could read—in Jungwoo’s ship, and your spaceman stayed knocked out, never coming close to consciousness. You got hungry at some point, but you couldn’t find any food, or least anything that you would risk eating this early. Maybe if it really felt dire. You hadn’t stocked Jungwoo up with supplies yet, you thought you had more time. Was he really planning on leaving like that?
A pleasant dinging came over the speakers of the ship eventually, reminding you of the sound that played over plane intercoms when an announcement was made. A computerized voice said something, but you realized you couldn’t understand it. You couldn’t make out a single word or syllable. It must be speaking Galarii. Nothing was flashing red, hopefully it wasn’t anything that required your assistance.
It felt like the ship was slowing down. You held onto Jungwoo’s lifeless body tightly to brace the two of you. He was still warm, and you took a small comfort in that.
With another jerk and cacophonous rattle, the ship touched down. You were pretty sure. The hum of the reactors died down, and it felt like the ship had finally stopped. Jungwoo let out a weak sound of pain in your arms, and you were on your feet.
You slammed your hand against the button to open the hatch with none of the grace that you’d seen Jungwoo use dozens of times. Tugging the transcoder off his neck, you put it on yourself before wedging your shoulder under his, planting your foot on a seat cushion, and heaving upwards with as much force as you could. Either the gravity on Galaria was different, you were having an adrenaline rush, or both, as Jungwoo’s body actually moved with you. You jerked both of you up onto the ladder, yelling in between deep breaths.
After the next jump, your head poked out of the cockpit. Immediately, you were met with winds that whipped your hair around and chilled you to the bone. You took as deep of a breath that you could, the frosty air feeling like knives in your lungs, to let out another cry, “Help!”
The lilac sky was barely visible through the snow that flurried around your face, sticking to your skin and hair. Two figures appeared through the snowstorm, approaching the spaceship, and you readjusted your hold on Jungwoo to lean his weight back on you to free up one arm to wave at them fervently.
“Over here!” You screamed. “Help us! Please!”
Jungwoo coughed, blue blood dribbling out of his mouth.
“Oh god…” You cupped his cerulean-stained cheek, panic flooding your heart as you saw the two figures stop in their tracks.
Heaving the two of you over the side in the quickest way you knew to get down, you slid down the ship, the fresh snow that had piled up breaking your fall about as well as Donghyuck had before. The impact rattled up your feet and knees, and you swore under your breath as you definitely heard something pop that had never popped before. Wrapping Jungwoo’s arm around your shoulders, you started dragging him towards the two figures.
“Hey!” You yelled out at them, glaring against the snow and wind. Tears streamed down your face as the wind battered your eyes, and your teeth were already chattering. “What the hell are you doing? He’s fucking dying! Help him!”
This finally spurred them into moving again, the figures rushing towards you once more. As they got closer, you could see that they were human-like—Galarii, presumably. They were bundled up for the weather, goggles and cloth masks obscuring much of their faces from you, but as they reached to take Jungwoo from you, a sudden fear seized you, and you jerked back from them at the last second, tightening your hold on him.
They must have been able to guess what spooked you, as one lifted up his goggles and pulled down his mask to let you see his face as he addressed you.
“I’m Kun. That’s my aide, Dejun,” he indicated to himself, then to the other Galarii. “I’m Jungwoo’s brother. Please.”
You looked between them for a moment, then nodded. They moved to each take one of his arms and loop it around their shoulders. You stayed close as they trudged through the snowstorm with him, your worried eyes staying on Jungwoo. Your feet were entirely numb, and you didn’t register when one of the caught on something under the snow until you were already catapulting forward face-first. Your hands were tucked under your arms, and you couldn’t get them out fast enough to break your fall. Kun thankfully had faster reflexes than you, and managed to catch you by the arm, leaving you suspended above the snowbank for a perilous moment. He jerked you back until you got your feet under you again, and you mumbled out a thank you that was muted by the winds. Looking over your shoulder, your knees nearly gave out again when you saw the trail of blue drops that Jungwoo was leaving behind.
Kun once again grabbed your arm, and you looked at him inquisitively, coming to a stop as they did. You were in front of a cliffside by the ocean, which was in fact a cotton candy pink, no buildings in sight. The sea spray stung your eyes, made them water up, and you did your best to cover them without entirely obscuring your vision.
Dejun approached the rock wall as Kun took on all of Jungwoo’s weight. You heard a faint groan, and you weren’t sure which of them it came from, but you moved to take over where Dejun had just been. Jungwoo was no longer warm.
Dejun touched his own pendant to part of the stone, and you swore you saw something glow, but that could’ve been the refraction of light off the waves into your pupils, you couldn’t be sure. An opening formed in the cliffside, and Dejun ushered the three of you in. As soon as you stepped in, it didn’t feel like you were underground, or inside a cliff. It just seemed like you were indoors. Sure, it was dim, but pleasantly so, like it was evening. It was also warm, which you were glad for. You readjusted your hold on Jungwoo, pressing your hand against his chest for some stability, the right side of his chest, desperately hoping that maybe you could feel his heartbeat finally. You couldn’t.
Dejun didn’t request to take Jungwoo back from you though his hands hovered around you uncertainly, as if he were about to. You weren’t sure if you would’ve let him this time. Instead, he simply led the way through the sprawling home you had found yourself in. You didn’t pay attention much to your surroundings, only enough to make sure you weren’t going to trip while you carried Jungwoo. Finally, you made it to a bedroom of some kind, and Kun motioned for you to put him down on the bed there.
Kun took off some of his outer layers, letting you see his face again for the first time since he found the two of you at the ship. Dejun reentered the room—you didn’t realize he had left—also no longer in his thick parka and carrying what must be a first aid kit, handing it off to Kun.
“What’s your name?” Kun asked, his eyes focused on the materials in his hands.
At first, you couldn’t talk, your throat too dry from the cold air outside. You desperately swallowed and coughed, then hoarsely said, “Y/N.”
Dejun poured you a glass of something from a jug in the corner, and you looked it over. It looked like water to you, and you remembered that Jungwoo didn’t seem put off by what water looked like on Earth. You took a tentative sip. Tasted like nothing. It soothed your raw throat a little bit, and you drank some more.
“My name’s Y/N,” you reiterated, then faltered as you looked at Jungwoo. “I’m… Jungwoo’s friend. He crashed on Earth, we were helping him get back. But then he started getting like this. You can help him, right?”
Kun gently tilted his brother’s head back and forth, the prevalent frown on his features only deepening. “Dejun, some help?”
The aide came over, and the two of them lifted Jungwoo’s shirt up over his head. You gasped when you saw some bruising on his back and side, presumably from when he hit the wall when you took off from Earth. But the two Galarii didn’t focus on that. Their attention was on his shoulders instead, having a hushed conversation between themselves.
“Is his shoulder okay?” You asked. “Is it broken or something?”
“His joint is fine,” Dejun reassured you.
“Oh, good.”
“Y/N,” he said your name quietly, eyes focused on your leg. “You’re bleeding. I think.”
You looked down at your still-numb extremities, registering for the first time that you had apparently been cut by something outside. Bright red dripped down the side of your left leg, and you held back the instinct to touch it in disbelief.
“Oh. Sorry.” You apologized, as you noticed a spot on the floor. “Uhm, do you have a band-aid?”
“Follow me, we’ll get it cleaned up and give you some new clothes.”
You looked at Jungwoo anxiously, where Kun was still tending to him. “I’m fine.”
“He’ll still be here, Y/N,” Kun promised. “I’m sure my brother would want us to take care of his friend too.”
Reluctantly, you went with Dejun into an adjoining room. After getting your cut washed out and a bandage applied, he fetched you some warmer clothes.
“Thanks, Dejun.” You wrapped your arms around yourself. “Can I go back?”
“Sure. I’ll bring you some food.”
Stepping back into the room, you saw Kun cleaning up Jungwoo’s face and chest where his blood had begun drying.
“Can I help?” You offered tentatively.
Kun waved you over. “His head keeps lolling around. Can you keep him still?”
“Of course.” You sat on the corner of the bed, gently rearranging Jungwoo to cradle the back of his head with both your hands in your lap. Brushing some of his hair from his face, you took comfort in watching the shallow but steady rise and fall of his chest. “Is that better?”
“Yeah, thanks.”
“His iridophores don’t look right.” You stated, able to see the reflective patches on his cheeks and shoulders from this angle. “That’s what you’re worried about, right?”
Kun nodded. “Yes.”
“They’re… dull.” You kept your hands where they were. The realization did nothing to soothe you. “What does that mean?”
“I can’t say.”
“What can it mean?” You asked insistently, eye boring holes into the top of Kun’s head as he was bent over focusing rather intently on one spot. “On Earth, one symptom can mean a lot of things. What can dull iridophores be a symptom of?”
“We won’t know anything until he wakes up,” Kun reiterated, soaking and wringing out the washcloth one final time. His eyes met yours, his own iridophores glinting in the lights. “Please, I don’t want to speculate before then.”
“Fine. Okay,” you relented for now.
The Galarii’s gaze fell to the pendant around your neck. “That’s Jungwoo’s transcoder.”
You looked down at it as well. “Yeah. I figured I needed it more than him right now. You know, considering…”
“Has he explained to you how it works?”
“Telepathy. Which he told me is apparently very scientific to you all, and definitely not witchcraft,” you snorted.
Dejun entered, a plate of food in his hand. Kun nodded towards it for you. “Eat.”
You sighed, pressing your hand to Jungwoo’s cheek once more. He wasn’t ice cold anymore, but still felt clammy to the touch. Maneuvering his head back to the pillow, you moved over to the table where Dejun had set the food for you. It all seemed food-like, and if your attention wasn’t so focused on your spaceman, you were sure you would be much more enthralled by eating alien food right now. But you could barely even taste it as you wolfed down a few bites, then a few more when Kun was still carefully watching you. When he seemed satisfied that you were fed, you pushed the plate away.
“Full,” you mumbled. “Thank you.”
Dejun and Kun exchanged a look, but didn’t say anything.
“Do you know when he’ll wake up?” You asked. “Don’t you guys have like, doctors or something? Healers? I don’t know, any sort of healthcare?”
“His iridophores… doctors can’t help with that,” Kun explained, obviously choosing his words very carefully. “We have to see if Jungwoo will pull through on his own.”
“That’s it?!” You spat back, wide-eyed. Maybe your tone was a bit harsh, but you couldn’t believe that they apparently didn’t even need a real doctor to examine him to give a diagnosis like that.
“Y/N—”
“But he’s—He was fine just a few days ago…” You stared at him in disbelief. “We got ice cream…”
“I’ll have Dejun make a room up for you, Y/N,” Kun said, gently patting your shoulder as they moved towards the exit.
“Kun.” You grabbed his arm before he got too far. He turned around to look at you inquisitively. “I’m sorry. He’s your brother, this must be painful for you too. Really, I’m so sorry.”
He offered a melancholy smile, nodding. “Thank you.”
You couldn’t sleep that night, kept up thinking about Jungwoo. Finally, after too much restless tossing and turning, you got out of bed. Wandering down the halls of whatever cave house you were in, you turned your phone on. Of course you didn’t have service inside a cliff in another galaxy. Coming to a stop in some sort of open living space, you sat down onto something that you were going to call a loveseat, which overlooked a small pool of water that seemed to glow on its own. You stared at your zero bars, thought about Jungwoo dying, being on a planet in a galaxy far away from your friends and family, and for possibly the first time in your entire life, felt so lonely you could cry.
Pulling your knees to your chest, you buried your face in them, feeling so small and wanting nothing more than someone bigger than you to come in and make everything okay again. You dialed Johnny’s contact on your phone, just to hear the dial tone as the call didn’t connect, then dropped and hung up on its own.
You got the feeling that somebody else was there, and turned around towards the entrance. It was Kun, and he ducked his head sheepishly.
“You couldn’t sleep either?” He surmised.
“No.” You scooted to one end of the seat, offering up the empty space for him to join you.
“I can alter your device, to communicate with Earth,” he offered, gesturing to your phone, the screen of which was still lit up in your hand.
“You think so?” You asked hopefully.
“Yes. It will keep my mind busy, too.”
You placed it in his waiting palm. “Thank you!”
He looked at the glowing pond in front of the two of you. “Do you have places like this on Earth?”
“Kind of?” You said. “I think? Maybe? Is it some kind of uh, bioluminescence? Some bacteria or something that glow?”
Kun smiled. “Yes, exactly.”
“Cool. Funny, we have pink oceans too. Like, our whole ocean isn’t pink, but there’s small lakes and stuff that are pink like yours.”
“What color are your oceans, then?” He tilted his head curiously.
“Blue, like our sky,” you informed him with a grin. “Or, sometimes a greenish blue.”
“A blue sky…” He muttered, clearly trying to picture that. “I’m sure that fascinated Jungwoo.”
“Hey.” You looked at him inquisitively. “Is it really true that you don’t know who’s older?”
Kun chuckled. “It’s different on Earth, then?”
“Very.”
“Yes, Galarii children aren’t raised being called the older or younger child. Most families have their children very close together, so unless you remember your sibling being born, you typically won’t know which of you is older.”
“And school isn’t organized by age either.”
“No.”
“Huh.”
“Do you have a sibling?”
“An older brother, kind of,” you said fondly. “That’s who I was trying to call.”
Kun furrowed his brow. “He’s ‘kind of’ older, or ‘kind of’ your brother?”
“‘Kind of’ my brother.” You laughed. “Definitely older. We know that on Earth. And even if we didn’t, he remembers me being born, so…”
“Ah, you’ve known him for a while?”
“Friends for my whole life, yeah. He always knows what to do. Which is usually pretty annoying, but this time, I really need that.”
The Galarii with you nodded in understanding. “I don’t know everything, but I will do my best to let you speak with him.”
Kun rose to his feet.
“Kun.” You stopped him from leaving. “When humans are in comas, people say that they can still hear you. Is Jungwoo like that right now?”
“I think it will benefit him for you to spend time with him,” he agreed. “I’ll bring you your communicator once it’s ready. You should try to sleep tonight, Y/N.”
You offered him a smile. “Thank you, Kun. For everything.”
“Thank you for bringing him home.”
When you woke up, you couldn’t be sure if it was morning, but it was definitely brighter in the hallway outside your room. You were sure they had the lights set to mimic whatever the rhythm of Galarian days were like.
Jungwoo looked the same as when you left him yesterday, which was both comforting and disconcerting. He hadn’t gotten any worse overnight, but he wasn’t getting better. You pulled up a chair next to the bed, wringing your hands over your lap.
Feeling a little silly as you looked around the otherwise empty room, you said quietly, “Uh, hey, Jungwoo…”
He didn’t stir, and you poked your tongue against the inside of your cheek as you contemplated continuing. Eventually, you did. “I don’t… know what to say. My grandpa died when I was seven and when my mom took me to his headstone after, I never knew what I was supposed to say to it. Not that you’re dead, obviously… I-I was kind of relieved when I got older and my mom stopped taking me with her to visit him. I think that’s bad. But it felt like I always had to pretend to be as sad as her, which didn’t feel right to her.”
You readjusted how the covers settled on Jungwoo. “I wish you were awake, so I could ask you what sort of funeral traditions you have on Galaria, or if your grandparents are alive, or about your mom. I guess I could ask Kun that kind of stuff, but it wouldn’t be the same. I-I want to know about you.”
Time passed like that, you having a one-sided conversation with Jungwoo. Dejun sometimes stopped in to bring you meals and check on Jungwoo. After your second meal of the day, Kun entered the room, holding your phone out towards you. It looked the exact same as before, and you went to pocket it.
“It’s fine, Kun, don’t worry about—”
“Try it,” he urged you.
“Wait, you fixed it?” You took it back out, looking down at the screen. It looked normal, except you realized that that now it indicated that you had full bars. Honestly, you were expecting some kind of alien technology to be appended to it, and for the endeavor to take much longer. “That was fast.”
You once again tried to call Johnny, entirely unsure and uncaring of what time it was on Earth. This time, it rang.
“Y/N?!” His voice was a mixture of disbelief and fear when he picked up. You gave Kun a thumbs-up and darted from the room to properly take the call.
“Hey, Johnny…” You were already braced for the scolding of a lifetime, certain that he was well aware of where you were. Somehow, he always knew. Who knew how long you have been gone from home at this point.
“Y/N…” He took a deep breath. “Just come home safe.”
“I will, I will!” You promised hurriedly.
“I sprinkled into conversation with your parents your destination bachelorette trip already. So when you get back, you’ve got to figure out which one of your friends is getting married.”
Not if, when.
“Thank you, thank you.”
“Put Jungwoo on, I need to talk to him,” he demanded sternly.
Your throat nearly closed up as you thought of the scene you had just left, Jungwoo still passed out, his iridophores fading, untreatable even by Galarii doctors. “I can’t, he’s-he’s really bad. I don’t know what—I don’t know.”
“Hey, Y/N, it’s okay. Deep breaths with me now, alright, kid?” Johnny’s tone immediately softened, and he led you through a few deep breaths over the call. Once he seemed satisfied that you were a little calmer, he continued with the same soothing voice, “He’ll be alright. He’s back where he belongs, where people who know how to treat him can treat him. He’ll be fine.”
Tears spilled over your cheeks as you shook your head desperately. “They can’t, John. They can’t treat him. He’s—He’ll either get better or he won’t.”
“What?!” He asked incredulously. “He’s not a lame horse that needs to be put down. Who told you that? Put them on the phone.”
“I—” You sniffed and wiped your eyes. “Why do you care so much?”
Johnny sighed again, lowering his voice. “Look. You are stranded God fucking knows where. And as far as I’m concerned, Jungwoo is the only alien there that is going to want to get you home. So he can’t fucking die.”
You shuffled back into the room, thankfully spotting Kun still in there. “Do you have a transcoder?”
“Yes, is there something wrong with yours? I can understand you just fine.”
“No, uhm, Johnny wants to talk to you.” You indicated to your phone.
Kun raised his eyebrows, gesturing to himself. “Your brother wishes to speak with me?”
“Yeah. He’s a… doctor,” you half-fibbed. “He helped take care of Jungwoo when he crashed before. He wants to know how he’s doing. Will it work over the phone? The transcoder?”
Kun gestured for you to wait, then left the room for a moment, returning with a necklace similar to yours around his neck. The pendant was of a similar construction, but a slightly different shape and angles.
You quickly informed Johnny, “Okay, uhm, this is Kun, Jungwoo’s brother.”
The Galarii accepted the phone, and you helped him hold it correctly before he stepped out to take the call like you had. You kept your ears peeled for the worst, hoping Johnny stayed on his best behavior.
“Jungwoo, I hate this,” you kept talking to your spaceman in the meantime. “I hate not being able to do anything for you. I hate just having to wait, feeling useless.”
After some time, you heard footsteps outside the room, and quieted down before Kun reentered, holding your phone out to you.
“So… what did you guys talk about?” You asked hopefully.
“There may be one more thing we can try for Jungwoo,” Kun said, and you immediately got to your feet.
“Well let’s do it!”
He held out a hand to calm you. “It’ll have to wait until nighttime, I’m afraid.”
“What? What is—?”
“In the meantime, Johnny did mention that human bodies don’t naturally make the same painkillers that Galarii do. I apologize for not being aware of that.” Kun bowed his head apologetically. “Are you in any pain?”
“It’s fine.”
“He said you would do that as well, and to ask again. Are you certain you are not in pain? You cut your leg yesterday.”
You sighed, refraining from rolling your eyes at the man who really was just trying to be kind. “Fine. My head hurts a little, and my leg. And sort of everything.”
“Come with me, I can prepare you an injection. Johnny explained proper dosage and administration for humans.”
Reluctantly, you left and followed Kun to another room in the house. It appeared to be another bedroom, and he gestured for you to take a seat at a small desk. Papers were in neat stacks, and you looked around with both interest and eagerness to get this over with so you could get back to Jungwoo.
“Is this your room?” You asked as Kun pulled up a chair and opened a first aid kit of some kind.
“Yes.”
“Is that Jungwoo’s room that you have him in?” You watched him roll up your sleeve to wipe down your arm first. “Does he live with you?”
“When he’s on Galaria, yes.” Kun then brought out a small, clear bottle and syringe that looked remarkably like the ones back on Earth. “His ship is more-so his home.”
“His actual ship, right? The one he took this time was yours.”
The Galarii filled the syringe with a very small amount of medicine. “Yes. He doesn’t spend enough time here to necessitate having his own place.”
“So did you finish your paperwork?”
He nodded to the stacks on the desk next to you. “Does it look like I did?”
You laughed, and he reached for your upper arm. “Just let me know when you’re going to do it. My friend Yuta wanted to be a piercer in high school before he was a mechanic, so I have a lot of practice being stuck.”
“I already did it,” Kun informed you, holding a small piece of gauze to the site.
You looked down in disbelief. “Seriously?” And sure enough, there was an empty syringe on the table too. “Damn, I didn’t feel a thing. You’re good.”
Kun took the gauze off the injection site, a small drop of red blood on it. “You know, has anybody ever said that is a very alarming color?”
“I think that’s the point,” you chuckled. “To get your attention.”
“I see…”
“So what’s the other thing to help Jungwoo?”
“I have some work to get done before it.” He gestured to the papers again with a remorseful look. “How about you sit with him for now? I’ll let you know once we can get started.”
You bit your tongue to not take your frustration at the situation out on your host. “Alright. Thanks, Kun.”
Back in Jungwoo’s room, you froze when you were greeted by two big brown eyes blinking at you from the bed. Jungwoo seemed equally in shock as he rubbed his eyes, squinting at you uncertainly.
“Hey, you’re awake,” you breathed out in relief, feet finally coming unstuck so you could dart over to his bedside.
“Y/N?” He groaned and tried to push himself up into a sitting position.
“Easy, easy,” you murmured, urging him back down.
“That’s… really you?”
You offered him a smile, hoping he couldn’t tell how nervous you were. “Yeah. Crazy déjà vu, huh?”
Jungwoo looked down at his own hands. “I’m alive?”
“Yeah, you are. It was uhm… kind of scary for a while there,” you admitted quietly, taking his hand. Putting some pep into your tone, you added, “But I told you, remember? I said you weren’t going to die.”
“I thought I was hallucinating and dying,” he deadpanned.
“When? On the ship? You could’ve been, I don’t know. What did you see?”
“You. I thought I was hallucinating when I saw you.”
“Oh. No, I’m real.”
His mouth was set into a hard line as he asked, “Why are you here?”
“Because your ship’s autopilot worked and didn’t crash us into the ocean,” you teased.
But he didn’t even smile. “What…? Why would you do that?”
The smile dropped from your face as you turned confused. “Because I didn’t want you to die? Why are you… pissed at me? Is that it? You’re pissed?”
All the happiness that was bubbling in your chest had been soured with the unexpectedly hostile reaction you’d received from Jungwoo.
“You’ve never been in space— I—” He took a deep breath, once again trying to push himself up and succeeding this time as you didn’t stop him. You dropped his hand, crossing your arms over your chest as you watched him carefully, still concerned with how weak he’d be after not eating or drinking for so long. “What if the ship had crashed? Exploded? What if it flew at speeds unsafe for humans? What if my ship didn’t protect you against radiation deadly to humans because it was built for Galarii? What if Galarii had much longer lifespans than humans and something that was a short trip for me was longer than your entire life? What if we made it here and you couldn’t breathe our air? What if—”
“None of that happened,” you insisted.
“There were any billions of things that could have gone wrong, that you didn’t know and you—”
“They didn’t,” you reiterated emphatically.
“What if they did? Because of a choice you made for me?”
You rolled your eyes and stood up, putting some distance between the two of you as you felt anger start simmering under your skin. “It wasn’t really a choice. It was… I don’t know, I just did it. But it was fine, so just stop, alright?”
“Why did you come with me?” Jungwoo asked knowingly.
“Why did you try to leave me like that?” You shot back.
He suddenly couldn’t look you in the eye. “I was dying, I had to get back home.”
“I know, I was trying to help you get back home,” you scoffed. “I mean, why did you trick me into going to ask Yuta for a part that you already had, so that you could leave me without saying goodbye? I was ready to let you go, Jungwoo—”
“Because hearing you say that would’ve actually killed me!” His chest heaved after his outburst, his eyes were a watery red as he continued, “And you… that would’ve hurt you. And I couldn’t stick around just to selfishly enjoy another moment of your time if it meant doing that to you. I figured the confusion wouldn’t have been as bad as watching me die.”
The two of you stared at each other for several tense, choking seconds as his words hung in the air. You clenched your jaw, chewing on your next words, ruminating on them, before you swallowed them back down, sharp and bitter.
“I need to take a walk, because if I stay in here, I’m going to say something nasty that I don’t mean,” you spat out instead.
Kun found you by the bioluminescent pond again, a normal-looking water feature by day. You were crouched by the water’s edge, listlessly watching the water lap at the cold stone floor you were sitting on.
“Jungwoo’s awake,” Kun said, standing just behind and to your right side.
“Yeah.” You swallowed. “You heard us fighting, I’m guessing.”
“I didn’t hear what was said, only his voice. The only way I could get him to stay in bed was by promising that I would check on you.”
“Jungwoo’s been out for a while, he should get something to eat, and drink—”
“Dejun is getting him food and water now.”
“Good,” you croaked, wiping at a tear that had collected at the corner of your eye. “God damn it…”
Kun sat down beside you. “You’re more than his friend, aren’t you?”
“Oh, I guess. I don’t know.” You picked at your fingernails to avoid looking at him. “He… you know…”
“Imprinted? On you?” The Galarii’s voice betrayed his awe.
“Yeah. I know it’s a big deal, like the big deal for you guys… but I don’t do that, so…”
“It’s been awkward.”
“That’s one word for it.”
“Do you have a… partner on your planet?” He asked sympathetically.
“Oh, no, it’s not that bad, thankfully,” you sniffled and laughed. “It’s not that I don’t like Jungwoo, or that I can’t see myself, you know… falling in love with him or whatever. It just feels like I’m at Point A and he’s already at Point X waiting for me to catch up. Like there’s this huge gap.”
“He’s not in love with you, if that helps,” Kun informed you.
You stared at him blankly. “Huh?”
“Ah, exactly what I thought. Jungwoo didn’t explain imprinting very well.” Kun nodded to himself. “It’s not… instant infatuation, or love, or anything like that. You’re aware, in the back of your mind, that theoretically anybody in the universe could be the person you spend the rest of your life with, right? There may be near infinite numbers of people that you could be attracted to? Hypothetically?”
“I haven’t really thought of it like that, but I guess, yeah.” Without Donghyuck here unhelpfully joking about eggs, you found the conversation much easier to process. Or maybe you were just becoming desensitized to the idea, you couldn’t tell.
“Jungwoo doesn’t feel that endlessness anymore. His infinity is just you now. He’s not in love with you, because he doesn’t know you very well, but he knows that the only person he could ever fall in love with for the rest of his life is you.”
“So I’m at Point A and he’s at like, Point G, not Point X.”
“If your analogy is translating correctly, yes.”
You chewed on your bottom lip, mind turning over one part of his explanation. “‘Could.’ You used the word could, unless the transcoder is being liberal with nuance here.”
“Well, yes. I don’t think this is getting muddied in translation. It’s not definite that he’s going to fall in love with you.” He tilted his head. “I think that’s what is making you anxious, right? Feeling as though you have no choice, something has already plotted your life for you?”
You nodded. “Yeah… I think it brings some people peace, doesn’t it? On my planet, a lot of people have a god of some kind that they think has a divine plan for them and their life. That… freaks me the fuck out.” You let out a breathy, nervous chuckle, wringing your hands. “I’ve never liked feeling trapped.”
“You could leave the planet. If Jungwoo knew it was your choice to leave him, I don’t think he would follow you. He would let you go,” Kun offered. “We have more ships. I would go with you, personally guarantee your safety.”
“Do Galarii have religion?” You avoided answering his question, the intensity of his gaze, looking up at whatever was creating false light in the cavern, unable to pinpoint its exact origin past the hazy glow above you. “Jungwoo never mentioned any sort of religious figure, or prayed or anything when he was injured… That’s kind of when humans would’ve. Prayed for their God to give them strength.”
He took your conversation shift in stride, “We have enduring superstitions, traditions, but no sort of organized religion, no.”
“So this imprinting, it’s not any sort of divine plan, or divine will? To you all? It just… is?”
“One of the superstitions we do have is that of the finder’s intuition.”
“What’s that?”
“If you’ve found something, whether you realize it or not, you found it for a reason.”
“Jungwoo said something kind of like that about imprinting,” you recalled. “He said that humans choose their partners, but Galarii find them.”
“Yes. So for him to have been in that ship in the first place, which was not his, so far from home, and crashed due to circumstances outside of his control, on your planet, only to meet you, and it just happens that he imprints on you…”
“I found him.” You let out a choked laugh, covering your face at the insanity of it all. Of course Jungwoo had no reason to doubt why he had imprinted on you. You practically told him it was meant to be without even realizing it.
“I’m sorry?” Kun obviously had no context as for why you were laughing.
“I found his ship after he crashed and pulled him out of it. I found him,” you were still laughing as you explained, wiping at a stray tear that eked out. You didn’t know if it was from humor or misery at this point. “I literally told him ‘finders keepers’ talking about why he was staying at my apartment.”
His eyebrows shot up. “Oh…”
“Why was Jungwoo… so bad? When I brought him back?” You still needed some kind of answer. “You made it sound like you weren’t going to be able to help him at all.”
“Do you want to leave?”
“No.” You answered immediately. It was the same thing that made you get into his ship when it was taking off. Not imprinting, and not love… yet.
“I thought he was dying of a failed imprint,” Kun answered without hesitation.
“He can die from that?! And you were going to just let me leave?! Not just that, personally escort me out of the galaxy?! He’s your brother!” You shot to your feet, once again in utter disbelief at the conversation you were having.
“I never believed that you wanted to leave,” Kun replied simply. “I understand this is not entirely fair to you. But I do believe that you should understand the gravity of your situation. Again, he seems to be fine now.”
You ran a hand through your hair. “I mean—What the hell?! If we were to even like, be together in the future, if we had a fight he could die?! That’s fucking crazy!”
“No,” he reassured you. “The initial phases of an imprint are the rockiest. If it doesn’t take, a Galarii can die.”
“What causes it to… not… take?”
“Emotional turmoil, physical distance from the person they imprinted on, stress, any number of things.”
“But he’s fine now? You said he’s fine now?” You double-checked.
“Yes.”
“So it… took?”
“I believe so.”
“Okay, good.” You let out a sigh of relief.
Kun looked conflicted as he added, “I have a confession.”
You blinked at him. “…What now?”
“The injection I gave you, it wasn’t just for you,” he admitted. “I of course didn’t want you to be in pain, but for Galarii that have imprinted on non-Galarii, it’s been known for their physiology to sometimes mimic their non-Galarii partners. Johnny described to me how Jungwoo healed while on Earth and reacted differently to substances than he would have on Galaria. More human-like, from my understanding. And when he returned with a human…”
“That made you suspect that he had imprinted on me,” you finished. “But you injected me, not Jungwoo—And Jungwoo hates needles, and always knows where I am, so you thought he would’ve sensed me being in danger in his coma and woken up to protect me? Is that even how this thing works?”
“It’s not exact, what Jungwoo can sense… I doubt if I even injected you now, that he would know. Just, the feeling that something wasn’t right. An instinctual need to check on you.” Kun rubbed the back of his neck sheepishly, his ears flushing red. “I wasn’t sure if he had told you, and if I was wrong about the imprint, that would’ve been—”
“A horrible situation for all of us to be in, yeah, I understand.” You stared out at the water, thinking about how the one that you were in didn’t seem much better in that moment.
“You two have both been through a lot. I’m sure you’ll come to understand each other.” The Galarii stood up. “I’m going to check on my brother. Take your time, Y/N.”
“Y/N?” Dejun found you by the water again later in the day. He was carrying a tray of food, meaning that it must be dinnertime already. You hadn’t budged from your spot after your conversation with Kun earlier, thinking way too much about everything.
“Dejun, hey.” You held your chin up with the palm of your hand, still staring out at the water. “Nobody’s looking for me, are they?”
You didn’t specify who would be looking for you.
The aide approached, handing you a plate of food. “Jungwoo asked if you’re alright.”
“I wanted to give him and Kun time alone,” you fibbed. “You know, they’re brothers, it’s been a while since they’ve seen each other.”
“Kun had state matters to attend to, he took his dinner to his room.”
“Of course, right.” You nodded. “Dejun, can I ask you something? And feel free to tell me if it’s way too personal by Galarii standards.”
He arched an eyebrow curiously, but acquiesced nevertheless. “Sure.”
“Are you… Have you… imprinted on someone?”
He smiled just the tiniest bit, and shook his head. “No, not yet.”
“Okay, thanks.”
With that, Dejun nodded his head politely and took leave of the room. You could only eat a couple bites of the food before you let out a deep sigh and stood up. You found your way back to Jungwoo’s room easily, knocking at the open doorway hesitantly. He was sitting at the table eating, and you were happy to see that he was well enough to get out of bed.
Jungwoo looked over from his food, sitting up straighter when he saw that it was you. “Y/N.”
“Hey.” You gestured to the table with your full plate of food. “Mind if I join you?”
“Of course not.” He motioned to the chair across from him hurriedly.
You sat down, studying him under the lights as he went back to eating. “You look a lot better. Your iridophores… You look better.”
“Thanks.” He wiped his mouth. “I’m sorry for getting so upset earlier. I could’ve expressed my concerns in a more… productive way.”
“You just woke up from a coma, it’s understandable you weren’t all there,” you replied graciously. “Thank you.”
“Thank you for making sure I got back safe,” he said strongly, putting a hand on your forearm. “Kun told me what he knows, and I believe I’d be dead without you. Their sensors recognized that something that wasn’t Galarii had landed on the planet without permission, so they went out to investigate and found us. We landed in a snowstorm, and I was unconscious. If you weren’t with me, not only would they not have found us at all, but I would’ve frozen to death out there.”
“I was why you were dying in the first place, though,” you pointed out. He seemed to be at a loss for words, and you added, “You should have told me, Jungwoo. Back on Earth, you should’ve told me what was going on.”
“You’re right. You kept talking about wanting me to leave with good memories of Earth, I wanted to do the same, leave you with only good memories of me.”
“If you had really left me like that, I would’ve been worried sick for the rest of my life not knowing what happened to you,” you told him harshly. “And now that I know that you apparently were doing that knowing that you were just going to die… I don’t get it. I don’t get you, and I’m really trying to.”
“I’m sorry. I was wrong. You’re not so… careless. I don’t know how I could have ever thought that.”
You took another bite of food, listening to the sounds of both your breaths in the quiet air. “Could you hear me? When you were out? I-I was talking to you, I couldn’t do anything else, and it’s supposed to help humans who are in comas, so…”
“Nothing in particular, at least not that I can remember now.” Jungwoo shook his head, but there was still a pleased smile on his face. “But I don’t doubt that having you nearby helped.”
“So you also don’t know why you woke up?” You asked tepidly. “It wasn’t a… choice somehow?”
“I remember being on the ship on Earth with you, and then I woke up here. Everything in between… I don’t recall.”
“That’s okay.” You both had finished your meals, and you stood up from the table. “I should let you rest some more.”
Jungwoo surprisingly agreed to this, the exhaustion visible in his features. “I wish we could talk more…”
“Tomorrow,” you promised, offering your hand out for him to take. “We can eat breakfast together again.”
He stood up on shaky feet, and you shuffled back over to the bed with him, helping him back under the covers.
“Could you sit with me? Until I go to sleep?” He requested, gently grasping your hand.
“Of course.” You sat down on the edge of the bed, brushing a few stray pieces of hair out of his eyes.
“Your hands are even colder on Galaria, I think,” he commented, smile tugging at the corner of his mouth.
“Well shit, maybe it’s the frozen tundra outside,” you retorted.
“I… don’t mind…” he hummed, his eyes fluttering shut.
“Sleep well, Jungwoo,” you murmured, stroking your thumb over the back of his hand.
You ate breakfast with Jungwoo as promised, happy to take part in this one little thing with him again.
“How are you feeling?” You asked, sitting with him at the table. He was already there with two places set when you entered.
“Better than yesterday, not as good as tomorrow,” he told you brightly. “How did you sleep?”
“Good, good.” You continued watching him carefully as he ate. “You really feel better?”
“Yes, I do.”
“Then do you think… do you think it took?” You pushed some food around on your plate awkwardly. “Would you even know that?”
Jungwoo set his utensil down, easing back in his chair slowly. “Yes, I think it took. How does that make you feel?”
“I’m happy you’re okay,” you answered honestly. “The rest… Like I said, I’m trying to understand you, but I just don’t get it.”
“Ask me anything you’d like. Please.”
“I mean, doesn’t it seem unfair? That I’m apparently your soulmate, but you’re not mine?”
“Unfair to who? You or me?”
You faltered. “What?”
“I do understand how this would seem unfair to you—That I know that you’re my soulmate, but you don’t have that certainty about me,” he shook his head sorrowfully. “Yes, that must be terrible.”
“No, I meant unfair to you. You’re stuck with me. You don’t get a choice. But I do, I don’t have that sort of obligation to you,” you pointed out, shifting forward in your chair. “Doesn’t that make you… anxious?”
“Ah, I get it now.” Jungwoo nodded, a thoughtful look on his face as he too sat up. “Galarii find, humans pick. I wouldn’t want to take that choice away from you. I… understand now, how important it is to you. So, if you do pick me, that’ll be the happiest day of my life. And every day after that that you wake up and pick me again, will be the new happiest day of my life.”
He held his hand out on the tabletop between the two of you, palm up, a soft smile on his face as he looked at you. Not urging, not impatient. You knew he would withdraw it if you turned away.
“You’re really…” You kept looking between him and his hand, keeping your tone curious. “Finding was good enough for you?”
“Good enough?” He chuckled, not derisively but fondly. “It was even better than I imagined.”
“You were half-dead, when I pulled you out of that ship,” you reminded him.
“Yeah, I was.”
“Galarii find, humans pick,” you repeated. “Just like you wouldn’t want to take my choice away from me, it would be wrong to force a choice like that onto you… But isn’t inaction just as much of a decision?”
Jungwoo’s smile only grew. “If it is, it’s one that I already made. I hope you can respect that, just as I’ll respect whatever you choose to do.”
You placed your hand atop his, offering him a hesitant smile. “This is me choosing to try this out. Does that make sense?”
“Yes.” He squeezed your hand gently. “Thank you. Once I’m better I’ll take you home and take you on real dates there. I promise.”
“So Galarii date too? I thought you guys would’ve just gone straight to moving in,” you joked, taking a bite of your food.
“No. I watched movies with Taeyong and Doyoung,” he explained. “Galarii spend quality time with their mate, yes, but the concept of going on ‘dates’ like humans to figure out if you’re compatible… we don’t have anything quite like that.”
“Of course those two took you to some sappy romantic movies,” you snickered. “I don’t need any big romantic public gestures, Jungwoo. Falling out of the sky and almost dying twice was plenty, I swear.”
“Your friends all said something similar.”
“They were giving you tips on how to flirt with me?”
“Yes. It seemed they were aware that I cared for you in some way…”
You burst out laughing, covering your face in embarrassment. “Oh God, I’m so sorry about them. Forget everything they said, whatever it was.”
“So, carnations aren’t your favorite flower?”
“Hold on, that’s real advice, who told you that?”
“Taeyong.”
“Okay, you can trust whatever Taeyong told you, and probably Doyoung, and maybe Jaehyun,” you counted them off on your fingers. “But forget everything that anybody else told you.”
“I will,” he agreed with a chuckle. “Some of it didn’t seem like very sound advice anyway.”
A couple days later, and Jungwoo was well enough to leave his room finally. The two of you walked around the house arm in arm, chatting about this or that.
“This is the longest I’ve been on Galaria in quite some time,” he mused.
“Kun said that you don’t stay for very long, so you don’t have your own place,” you said. “Don’t you get lonely? Not being around your friends or family?”
“Have you seen either of us have any visitors while you’ve been here? Aside from Dejun?”
“Well, no.”
“We don’t see other Galarii much during snow season,” he explained. “It’s less lonely out doing runs, actually. Interacting with customers, going to markets, busy cities… crash-landing on planets and being pulled from the wreckage by a beautiful human and her friends.”
“Smooth,” you giggled, bumping your shoulder into his as he smiled down at you. “But seriously, you guys don’t have tunnels connecting your homes or something?”
“Galaria’s crust is very thin compared to other rocky planets. We wouldn’t have the depth to build an elaborate system like that. At least not a very efficient one. Any transport that happens needs to be on the surface.”
“How do you all communicate during snow season then? Do you have phones too?”
“We have similar communication devices, yes.”
“How long is snow season?”
“Approximately half a Galarian year.”
You looked up at him curiously. “So what do you call the other half of the year, then?”
“We have two more seasons: Snowmelt, and newgreen.”
“I think I can guess what happens in each of those…” You joked.
“Do tell.”
“I think the snow melts, and then new green stuff grows.”
He chuckled fondly. “That’s the basics, yes.”
“But do you not have something between newgreen and snow season? Like a-a fall of some kind?” You were having a hard time wrapping your head around it. “We have four seasons for the most part: Spring, everything grows, kind of like newgreen I think; then in summer, it gets hotter but pretty much everything stays alive; then in fall it starts getter colder and things start dying off; then we have winter, and everything is dead or hibernating. Then it’s spring again and everything starts all over.”
Jungwoo listened with interest to your explanation before answering. “Snow season comes very rapidly each year. All the plants freeze at once in the first blizzard. There’s no time for a gradual decay like you’ve described.”
Your eyes widened. “Are you able to predict when the first blizzard is? Do you have like, meteorologists or something?”
“Yes, we’re able to narrow it down rather precisely and prepare.”
“And do most Galarii live alone like Kun?” You asked quietly. “I feel like if I was going to be stuck underground for half the year, unable to visit anybody, I might live with more than just one or two people.”
Jungwoo put a finger over his mouth, then nodded towards his room that the two of you had unwittingly looped back around to. He shut the door behind you, and you sat at the table together before he continued with your conversation, “Do you remember how I said my brother is controversial, not for any policies, but for something in his personal life?”
It felt like a lifetime ago, the first conversation you ever had. You nodded. “Yes.”
“Kun is very dedicated to his job.”
“I’ve noticed.”
“He doesn’t take many breaks, or attend social functions that are not required by his job, or, as you’ve pointed out, live with anybody except his aide and me, sometimes. Galarii typically do live in larger social centers during snow season. There’re no tunnels connecting these niches to each other, like I said before, but some can fit up to twenty or thirty people.”
“And you, Kun, and Dejun just have your own house,” you reiterated. “How would that make him so controversial that somebody would want to kill him?”
“Some Galarii see him as isolationist. Refusing to allow opportunities to find things. They believe it reflects poorly on his ability to lead.”
Your face screwed up with confusion. “But if you’re looking to find something, that’s no longer serendipity, that’s choice. That’s action. I thought the whole point was the inaction. Of you finding something when you weren’t looking?”
“Galarii have different interpretations of finder’s intuition, and what it means to ‘find’ something,” he sighed. “It’s a very small minority that see this as a flaw of his, but those that do feel very strongly about it.”
“Strong enough to try to kill him?” You felt like you were losing your mind trying to comprehend this.
“Apparently.”
You pinched the bridge of your nose before giving up. “You know what? Humans have definitely killed for much less; I don’t have any ground to stand on here.”
“That reminds me—I believe I’ll be well enough to take you home in two more days. I’m excited to show you my ship.”
“Really?” You focused him with a doubtful gaze. “I don’t want you pushing yourself for my sake, Jungwoo. I can wait.”
“Thank you. I assure you I’m being sincere. If I’m not at my best, that can pose a hazard to your safety.”
You sighed and put your head on his shoulder. “While I wish the reasons were a little more concerned for your wellbeing too, I appreciate the honesty.”
Jungwoo gently rested his head against yours. “Thank you.”
“For what?”
“Wanting me to live,” he said softly. “When you found me on Earth, when you brought me back to Galaria… Thank you.”
You picked your head back up to look at him incredulously. “What? Why would I want anything else? Why would I want you to die?”
“It’s very rare for Galarii to imprint on other species. And those who do, there haven’t been very many that take…”
“They died?”
“Yes.” He looked down at his hands, fidgeting with the material over his lap. “It’s even a common subject of Galarian stories. It’s… tragically romantic, to die so your mate can be happy with whoever they’re really in love with.”
You could feel the deep frown on your face as you listened to this. “But those are just stories. Characters live or die to explore narrative themes and emotions and societal concepts, not to be an example for real life.”
Jungwoo chuckled lightly, tracing a fingertip over one of the lines on your forehead, encouraging you to relax your face again. “That’s why I’m thanking you. You chose a different fate for me than the one I had accepted.”
“What did I say before, hm? Finders keepers,” you declared, grabbing his other hand. “You’re not going to die as long as I have something to say about it.”
“Immortality here I come,” he joked, caressing your cheek with the back of his fingers, then even lower, your jawline, your neck, until he picked up the transcoder from where it rested on your chest. He stared at it in wonder, as if it wasn’t his own piece of technology.
“You don’t mind, right?” You looked down at the pendant as well. “That I took your transcoder? I figured it would be easier for me to wear one than expect everyone else to…”
“No, of course not.” He dropped the jewelry again. “I’m just… very happy that it works for you.”
“Why wouldn’t it?”
“They have to be specially made for the Galarii who is going to wear it. Galarii can’t borrow each other’s transcoders.”
“Does it have something to do with the telepathy?”
“Yes.” He nodded. “I’ve never seen someone be able to wear someone else’s transcoder successfully.”
“Not even Galarii that imprint on each other?” You asked curiously, habitually gracing your own fingertips over the device.
“No, not even then.”
“Maybe it’s a human thing.”
“Maybe,” Jungwoo hummed noncommittally.
Two Galarian days later, and you and Jungwoo were ready to go back to Earth.
“Thank you so much, Kun,” you hugged your host goodbye. “Please stay safe.”
He looked confused as he released you from the hug. “Aren’t I supposed to be telling you that?”
You patted his arm. “I mean it.”
“Very well,” he relented with a smile. “Thank you, and the same for you.”
After you and Dejun had exchanged your goodbyes, you saw that Kun and Jungwoo were still embracing, and stood off to the side to wait patiently. Kun seemed to be half-hugging and half-lecturing Jungwoo, cuffing him by the ear to pull him down to his height as he spoke on and on seriously, and Jungwoo nodded or gave a joking whine every so often.
“Kun’s older,” you leaned over to whisper to Dejun.
“You’re guessing?” The aide whispered back.
“You can call it a hunch, yeah.”
Finally, Kun let Jungwoo go, and he straightened up, fixing his clothes with the help of his brother. You and Jungwoo didn’t have very much in terms of luggage to take—Jungwoo kept his personal belongings on his ship, and you came with nothing but your clothes and your phone. Kun and Dejun had given you more appropriate outer layers for the tundra outside, as well as food and supplies for the flight back to Earth, but really your only souvenir was your now extraterrestrially-modified cellphone.
“Ready?” Jungwoo asked you, carrying the small knapsack of supplies on his back.
You pulled your goggles down over your face and gave him the best thumbs-up you could with the thick gloves you had on. “Ready!”
You caught just a glimpse of his eyes crinkling with a smile before he too put his goggles on. Jungwoo clasped your hand as Dejun reached out towards the smooth face of the front door. This time you were able to properly see as he touched his necklace to a small panel that reminded you of the buttons on their spaceships, and a small yellow glow emanated from where they connected. Then, the door slid aside, into the cavern wall. You and Jungwoo stepped out together, the door shutting silently behind you.
Keeping a tight hold to Jungwoo’s hand and arm, you followed him through the snow that had continued building up. There was none actively falling now, giving you a much clearer view of the lilac expanse above. Despite the sameness of the landscape, Jungwoo seemed to know exactly where he was going. You didn’t realize you had arrived anywhere specific until Jungwoo suddenly stopped at one specific hill, brushing aside some snow on a post. You couldn’t read the writing on it, but he seemed satisfied, pulling it down. A small hatch opened in the snow in front of you, and he quickly ushered you over to it. Gesturing for you to wait a moment, he dropped the pack down first, then climbed down after it. From the bottom, he waved you down. You slowly started lowering yourself down as well, Jungwoo waiting right there for you.
Buried under who knows how much snow, your eyes had to acclimate to the darkness again. You had found yourself in the rear of Jungwoo’s ship, and he closed the hatch back up after you before pulling you towards the cockpit at the front. It was a two-seater like the one that he had borrowed from Kun, but you could immediately tell there was a lot more of a personal touch to this one. It was sleeker, the controls looking newer than the other, and you saw the occasional knickknack, notepad, or even piece of clothing strewn about the cockpit. He moved a jacket that had been hanging off the co-pilot seat then gestured to it for you.
You sat down as Jungwoo started preparing the ship for takeoff, still thinking about the mounds of snow atop you. Taking your goggles and mask off like he had, you asked, “What about all the snow?”
“The energy generated from the ship’s reactors melts it by the time we take off,” he explained, continuing to flip switches and push buttons.
“Wow.” You watched him work with a practiced ease and focus.
Finally, he turned back around to you, leaning in close as he dug around in the seat for your seatbelt. He grinned as he buckled it up and tightened it for you. “Can’t forget—Precious cargo.”
You just shook your head and smiled as he laughed and sat in his own seat. After getting himself situated, you two were ready for takeoff.
Jungwoo looked over at you, offering his hand out to you. “Ready?”
You grabbed it, squeezing it tightly as you nodded. “Ready.”
“Let’s go!” He cheered, joyfully slamming his hand down on a button. A countdown started on the monitors and from the speakers, and this time you could understand the announcement. It counted down from 10, and on 1, the reactors changed from a thrum to a full-on blast, and like when you took off from Earth, the ground lurched out from under you again. You couldn’t pinpoint the exact moment when you left Galaria, though, only when the reactors cooled back down to a hum.
You looked back over to Jungwoo expectantly. He unbuckled himself, a bright grin on his face. “We’re out of Galarian space.”
“Cool,” you breathed out, looking around the ship with wide eyes.
The Galarii started unbuckling you as well, pulling you to your feet. “Come on, I’ve got to show you around my ship!”
Maybe it was because you were in a different ship, maybe it was because you were no longer fearing for Jungwoo’s life, you couldn’t be sure, but the trip back to Earth felt a lot shorter than the trip to Galaria. This time, you directed Jungwoo to land on Johnny’s family farm just outside the city. Johnny’s parents were older and no longer kept livestock in one of the barns on the property, making it the perfect place to hide Jungwoo’s ship while it was there.
It was nighttime when you arrived, and Jungwoo effortlessly landed in the far-off field that you had been to many times when visiting Johnny’s grandparents growing up. He maneuvered into the open barn, and you were buzzing with excitement as he powered down the ship.
This time, he let you exit the hatch first, and you looked around eagerly, immediately spotting your two friends by the now-closed doors. You waved to Johnny and Jaehyun, sliding off the side of the ship to land easily on both feet.
“Johnny!” You exclaimed, throwing your arms around him first.
“Y/N, oh my God,” Johnny breathed out, crushing you to him so tightly the air was knocked from your lungs. “God damn it, kid, don’t do that again. Okay?”
“Okay, okay,” you coughed out your agreement, rubbing his back reassuringly.
“You’re late, you know that?” He continued scolding you even as he cradled the back of your head. “You said five days, we’ve been waiting here for two more days. I tried to call.”
“I’m sorry, I’m sorry, I tried to guess as best I could. The days must be more different than I thought,” you mumbled into his shirt. “My phone died when we were coming back. I’m sorry for worrying you. Thank you for waiting, John. Thank you.”
When he finally let you go, you were grabbed in a bear hug by Jaehyun. “I’m glad you’re okay, Y/N. We both are.”
“Thanks, Jae,” you let out a sigh of relief at being able to breathe a little better. “I missed you guys.”
“How are you doing, Jungwoo?” Jaehyun turned to the Galarii next. “Johnny said it sounded pretty bad, but you’re looking alright to me.”
Jungwoo nodded, the transcoder now dangling from his neck. “I’m healed now. Thank you, Jaehyun.”
“Good to hear, dude.” Jaehyun hugged him too. “Good to hear.”
“Thanks, Jungwoo.” Johnny offered his hand out for Jungwoo to shake. “I’m glad you pulled through. Really.”
“What did you tell your parents?” You asked Johnny nervously. “About the barn?”
“I said one of my friends was going to keep a boat here for a few days. Their knees aren’t good enough to come all the way out here, they won’t come looking.” He then looked at you pointedly, “You should make an appearance, Y/N. While you’re here.”
“Are they up now?”
He looked at his watch. “Yeah. Your parents are actually over right now.”
You grimaced. “Really?”
“Really.”
“So I get back from my destination bachelorette trip that I didn’t bother telling them about and have enough time to help move a boat into storage but not see my parents—Daughter of the year,” you muttered regretfully.
“You did this to yourself, kid.” Johnny patted you on the head.
“I know, I know.”
Entering the Suhs’ living room where your parents were playing a game of cards, you went around to give everyone hellos, your parents first, then Johnny’s. Jungwoo was introduced as a friend of Johnny and Jaehyun’s, and lingered in the darkness by the doorway. Jaehyun had provided him a ballcap to help hide his iridophores in the shadows as much as he could as you tried to keep your conversations with your families short and quaint.
“When did you get back, Y/N?” Your mom asked.
“Earlier today—It’s been crazy, sorry I didn’t text you, Mom,” you immediately apologized, kissing her head quickly.
“We picked Y/N up from the airport and got distracted with the boat,” Jaehyun rescued you, flashing a charmingly dimpled smile at the parents. “Our bad, sorry, Mrs. Y/L/N.”
“Who is getting married?”
“Uhm, Chaeyoung.” You quickly picked a friend that you had met in college to guarantee that your mom didn’t know their parents and therefore wouldn’t try to congratulate anybody behind your back.
She nodded. “Ahh…”
“Whose boat did you say it was, Johnny?” Mr. Suh questioned his son next. “It’s not Yuta’s, is it?”
“Oh, he’s been talking about getting one since high school, hasn’t he?” Johnny’s mom laughed.
“Yep, it’s his,” Johnny nodded along.
Your dad appraised the four of you. “And he couldn’t even help you all?”
“Well, it’s mine too,” Jaehyun once again came in for the save. “We went in halfsies on it after my promotion. He was busy tonight, so I just went ahead and moved it.”
“Jungwoo, isn’t it?” Mr. Suh called out to the Galarii.
“Yes, sir.” He hastily gave a polite bow, fidgeting with the ballcap under the older man’s gaze.
“How did you get roped into their three-ring circus?”
“Yes, it’s better to stay out of the line of fire, especially where our kids are concerned,” your dad chuckled.
“I don’t mind helping, really,” Jungwoo replied, gaze hesitantly skittering over to you. You gave him an encouraging smile.
Johnny’s mom patted your cheek then. “I’m sure our Y/N must be tired after that trip. We’ll let you all go.”
“Thank you, Auntie,” you said appreciatively, giving her a kiss on the cheek as well as you tried to escape with the other guys.
Before you could fully retreat from the room, however, your mom caught your hand. The two mothers exchanged a look as they gestured for you to stoop down to their level. You obliged.
“Keep an eye on that new one, sweetie,” Mrs. Suh rather obviously pointed to Jungwoo even as she whispered.
“He couldn’t take his eyes off you this whole time,” your mom added, just as hushed as her friend.
“Goodbye, Auntie.” you purposefully ignored their statements, giving them final hugs and kisses goodbye. “Goodbye, Mom.”
As the four of you walked from the front door to Johnny’s waiting car far down the dirt driveway, Jungwoo sidled up to you.
“May I uh… May I know what that was about?” He asked quietly. “When they pointed at me?”
You giggled, stopping to pull on his shoulder and bring his ear down to you. “They were warning me about you. Said you couldn’t take your eyes off me.”
“Hey!” Johnny called out from the end of the drive, standing at his car and spinning his keys around his finger. “Are you done?”
“I’ve got class tomorrow!” Jaehyun added, though the teasing was apparent in his tone.
“Coming!” You chirped back, starting down the driveway again.
Johnny easily navigated back to your apartment, drumming his thumbs on the steering wheel to the melody playing over his speakers. He finally broke the peaceful quiet in the car as your building was approaching.
“So how long are my parents going to be housing the boat?” He asked dryly.
“Oh, uhm,” you and Jungwoo looked at each other uncertainly. “I’m not sure yet. A few days, maybe more. Is that okay?”
“That’s fine. Just let me know when he’s going back.”
“Right. Yeah.”
He put the car in park and got out to give you one more hug on the sidewalk in front of your building. Your friend let out a deep breath with you still in his arms. “I’m really glad you’re back, Y/N. I’m serious.”
“I know, John,” you replied, hugging him back. “Thank you.”
Waving to Jaehyun through the window, you and Jungwoo headed inside. Thankfully, you hadn’t missed your rent payment while you were gone, so you still had an apartment to go back to. Looking at the day on your phone, you realized that you’d normally have work tomorrow.
“I wonder if I’ve been fired,” you snickered to yourself, closing your front door behind Jungwoo. He looked back at you, clearly worried, but you waved his concern off. “I hated that job anyway.”
The Galarii peered out past your curtains at the full moon in the sky. “It’s late. You should get some rest.”
“I’m not tired,” you admitted. “I think Galarian days are longer or something.”
“Do you remember what you were going to say? In the driveway at Johnny’s parents’ home?”
“Hm? Oh, when you were asking me about what our moms said?” You stretched your arms above your head. “You were confused because they made your interest in me sound dangerous. You almost died because of it, why are you confused about that?”
“I understand how it can be dangerous to me, but that doesn’t happen to you.” He stepped closer to you, cocking his head in confusion.
You sat down on your couch, gesturing for him to sit with you. “To humans, it still can be. Falling in love with the wrong person, exposing yourself like that. It can get you hurt, physically or emotionally. Sometimes they’re a bad person, or sometimes you’re both good people with the right intentions, but it still goes wrong.”
Jungwoo’s eyes widened. “And you still choose to do this? Over and over?”
“Yes, we do,” you laughed. “What other choice do we have?”
In the late afternoon, after you and Jungwoo had finally woken up and eaten breakfast, you went out for a walk at the seaside. Taking a deep breath in, you reveled in the feeling of the warm rays of sun on your skin again.
“Look at that blue sky,” you beamed up appreciatively. “Actually, I think I’m just happy to see any sky again.”
“Really?” Jungwoo prompted you.
“After being underground for so long? Yeah, being in a wide-open space feels good.” You did a big spin with your arms open. The beach was relatively empty in the middle of the week with most everyone at work. “Don’t get me wrong, it was cool to see where you’re from.”
“I like it here too,” he agreed with a smile as you returned to his side, lacing your fingers with his.
“The guys want to get dinner later, by the way,” you informed him. “They’re also happy you’re not dead.”
“That’s kind of them.”
Up ahead was a familiar area of damaged palm trees and brush, slowly beginning to grow back. You pointed to it with a grin, “Look, it’s where we met.”
Jungwoo squinted against the sun, looking at the foliage with interest. “It is?”
“Yep. Looks a bit different in the daytime, huh? And without a spaceship in it?”
“And I don’t think we ever approached it from this side.”
“And there’s no cops.” You pointed out a nearby firepit as you passed it. “That’s where we were all hanging out when you crashed. We thought you were a shooting star at first. Hyuck told everyone to make a wish.”
“Is that a human custom?”
“Superstition, yeah. You’re supposed to make a wish on a shooting star.”
“What did you wish for?”
You grinned. “If you tell, your wish isn’t going to come true.”
“Ah, I see. My apologies.”
“But mine already came true, so there’s no harm in saying, I think.”
Jungwoo looked at you curiously as you continued.
“I wished for something interesting to happen,” you admitted with a knowing smirk. “And the interesting things haven’t stopped since.”
He burst into laughter, halting your leisurely stroll as he clutched his stomach. “S-Seriously?”
“Seriously.” You began listing them off on your fingers, “Alien spaceship crashing right next to us, alien inside spaceship being almost dead, alien declaring I’m his soulmate, alien almost dying again, going to alien’s home planet to keep him from dying, alien getting better and taking me back to Earth. Been pretty interesting.”
He was still laughing, squatting down to try to compose himself.
“So maybe it wasn’t an assassination attempt that made you crash,” you said humorously. “Maybe it was my super powerful wish.”
“But-But I was already crashing when you made that wish,” he pointed out through giggles. “You used my-my crashing spaceship to make your wish.”
“Ah, technicalities.”
Jungwoo stood up on shaky feet, and you offered him your hand to steady him. “I’m starting to think that human choice is a more powerful force than gravity.”
“Really?”
“Or at least your choices.”
You sighed, grabbing his face with two hands to look him in the eye. “Jungwoo, you can’t just say shit like that.”
“Why not?” He asked, eyes carefully watching your expression.
“Because you just called me a cosmic force and that’s definitely the most romantic thing anybody’s ever said to me.”
“What’s wrong with that?”
“Because it makes me want to kiss you stupid on this public beach.”
His breaths trembled in the space between you. “There’s nobody here.”
“You make some good points.” You wrapped your arms around his neck, stopping before your lips met. “Jungwoo.”
“Hm?” His hands had settled on your waist, where they had been when you were dancing together.
“Is this okay? Can I kiss you?”
He swallowed, his eyes on yours as he hurriedly nodded. “Yes.”
You didn’t need to be told twice, slotting your mouths together finally. Jungwoo let out a hum of delight in the back of his throat, the curl at the corner of his lip apparent. His smile only continued to grow with each passing moment as you made good on your promise, bringing a hand around to cup his cheek.
When you dropped back onto flat feet again, he was standing there with a dazed, content smile on his face. His iridophores were no longer just glinting in the sun, they were fully pulsing with a soft, glowing light from under his skin, like a little heartbeat. You reached a hand up towards his cheek, and he stayed still as you traced over them in fascination. After a few moments, the glow faded away, and they were back to their normal reflective state.
“What was that?” You whispered breathlessly. “Are you okay—”
“I’m great,” he promised, taking one of your hands and kissing the back of it. “They’ll do that sometimes. When I’m really happy.”
“God, okay,” you relaxed. “It was like I really did have a fallen star in my hands.”
“If you say something romantic back, does that mean I get to kiss you stupid?”
“This is a concerning precedent I’ve set, isn’t it?”
“It’d only be fair.” He pouted.
You looked around, finding the beach still vacant of other patrons. “Alright, alright.”
After getting dinner with your friends, you and Jungwoo declined any rides offered, taking the long way back to your apartment.
“The guys were happy to hang out with you again,” you said brightly.
“Yes, it was nice to see them all,” Jungwoo replied.
“I can’t believe Hyuck asked you if you had tentacles though, honestly,” you shook your head. “He needs to keep that between him and incognito mode.”
“I take it he wasn’t being scientifically rigorous?”
You snorted, “No.”
You looked up at the navy blue sky, dotted with so few stars.
“What does the night sky look like on Galaria?” You asked Jungwoo. “I didn’t see it while we were there.”
“Many more stars,” he answered quietly. “I think because we don’t have any permanent light fixtures on our surface.”
“Ah, no light pollution. Must be nice.”
“It is.”
There was a comfortable lull in conversation, cars passing by and the distant sounds of city life continuing around you.
“You said once that you wouldn’t be happy behind a desk now that you knew that aliens existed,” Jungwoo recalled. “Since you’ve been to space and have come back home… Do you feel the same? Do you want to stay here?”
You tilted your head back and forth as you thought, still looking up at the stars. Finally, you answered, “While I was on Galaria, I needed to come home, to make sure everyone knew I was okay. And now that I’ve done that, I keep thinking about what we could’ve done on that trip if you hadn’t been, you know, dying.”
His voice was guarded as he prompted, “So you…”
“So if you’re asking me to come with you, Jungwoo, the answer is yes.” You looked over at him knowingly.
“Oh!” His iridophores were glowing again as he wrapped his arms around you tightly, vibrating with energy. “There’s so many places I can take you! You’ll love Irwon, and the lagoons in Til-Wyn, and I need to check that the Nightbringer’s Festival hasn’t happened yet!”
“Sounds like a date,” you grinned, hugging him back. “Several, actually.”
“And we’ll come back to Earth whenever you want. Say the word, and we’ll come right back for you to stay and see your loved ones for as long as you wish.”
“Thank you.” You took his hands as he let you go, catching his eye to tell him sincerely, “And I want to learn Galarii, too. So we can actually communicate, without one of us wearing your transcoder. Even if I speak with a silly human accent because I’m missing a flap or whatever.”
On top of the pulsing iridophores, you saw Jungwoo’s eyes get misty, a tear spilling over on one cheek as he was absolutely beaming down at you.
“Jungwoo are you crying?” You asked in disbelief, wiping at it with your thumb as another fell from his other eye.
“I think I am, yes,” he nodded, feeling at his damp undereyes.
“Tears of joy, I hope?” You continued dabbing at his cheeks as you tried to comfort him through his apparently bewildering situation.
“Do humans do that?”
“Sometimes, yeah.”
He smiled and nodded. “Then yes, that must be it.”
“Oh God, come here.” You pulled him back into your arms. “Seriously, what am I going to do with you?”
He sniffled, then supplemented, “Keep me?”
You giggled and pressed a kiss to cheek, right on his glowing iridophores. “I guess so. Finders keepers, after all.”
⇢ word count: 37.8k total (22.7k & 15.1k)
⇢ genre & warnings: sci-fi/science fantasy au, soulmate au, alien!jungwoo, human!reader, slow burn, fluff and angst; blood/injury mentions (but like, alien blood, if that makes a difference?), a couple needle/injection mentions, if u get secondhand embarrassment this one might hurt in places, a couple crude jokes about alien stuff iykwim (reader’s friends r kind of the worst), this fic is just a rlly sweet soulmate au i swear idk why these tags look horrendous 😭
⇢ extra info: released in two parts bc of tumblr’s 1000-block limit that was put in place to hurt me personally :)) BUT both parts are out RIGHT NOW
⇢ author’s note: rahhh this one has ALSO been a wip for like over a year and is finally finished!!! this is technically my first sci-fi piece bc i started it before frankenstein complex, but i finished fc wayyy before this one. anyway i loveee my alien!woo and i hope y’all do too
⇢ part two
“What? Did you imprint on me like a baby duck or something?” You joked, stretching and yawning.
“I don’t know what ducks are nor the imprinting habits of their young, but yes.”
“You don’t really need to know what ducks are, but baby ducks—Wait, what?!” Your brain finally processed the rest of Jungwoo’s words, and you stared at him wide-eyed.
“Here, Y/N,” Johnny grinned at you as he pushed another seltzer into your hand. “You’re a bit too sober, kid.”
“Thanks, dude,” you beamed back, popping open the tab one-handed and taking your first swig.
All of your friends were gathered around a firepit on the beach, relaxing and celebrating another friend’s birthday—Taeyong. Said birthday boy, a notorious lightweight, was already pink-cheeked and giggly as he chatted with some of the others. Someone had apparently given Doyoung access to the Spotify playlist for the night, as a ballad suddenly came over the Bluetooth speakers that had previously been playing upbeat tunes. A chorus of groans and jeers rose up around the fire from the other eight of you, while Doyoung loudly and passionately tried to defend himself.
“Give me the phone,” Johnny waved for Doyoung to hand over Jaehyun’s phone—the one connected to the speaker.
Doyoung clutched it protectively to his chest. “No! You guys haven’t let me play any of my songs tonight!”
“Because they either make us cry or put us to sleep,” Yuta scoffed, lunging for the device, but the other man jerked it out of his reach.
“If you two break my fucking phone, you’re buying me a new one and splitting the cost,” Jaehyun warned from where he was sat on the sand next to your feet, lazily leaning his head against your knee.
“Seriously, Doyoung, give him the phone,” Mark insisted.
Doyoung reluctantly handed the phone to Yuta, who passed it along to you, who firmly planted it in Johnny’s waiting palm. “None of you have any taste—”
“I thought it was nice, D—” Taeyong was cut off by a hiccup as he went to pat your friend’s head reassuringly. “It was a nice song, Doyoung…”
“Thanks, Yonggie,” Doyoung rolled his eyes, but didn’t shove him off as Taeyong drunkenly wrapped his limbs around him in what you were sure was supposed to be a comforting hug.
As Johnny went to put on more party-appropriate music and you took another sip of your seltzer, you looked up to the sky over the water. There weren’t as many stars as you would’ve liked, and it was a new moon, so there was no silvery light to come from there either. But it was still a nice night, the air was cool, the fire warm, you were the only ones on this stretch of beach this late at night and had enough alcohol to feed a medium-sized frat.
Then, one star started glowing even brighter than the others, and you realized it was moving across the sky. “Look, guys! A shooting star.”
“Ooh, everybody make a wish!” Donghyuck chirped.
Feeling a bit silly, you closed your eyes and made your wish in your mind, then opened them again to see the shooting star getting bigger, as if it was heading towards you all.
“Hey, are shooting stars supposed to do that?” You asked no one in particular.
“I… don’t think so,” Yuta squinted at it suspiciously.
“Should we like… move?” Mark suggested hesitantly.
“They’re just meteors being burned up in the atmosphere,” Jaehyun shrugged. “Most don’t ever reach Earth.”
Except it was very much getting closer and closer, hurtling even faster through the air than before.
“But some do!” Jaehyun added, rushing to his feet. “I think we should go.”
As everybody started scrambling to pack their things, the meteor was making its final approach, and you could hear the sound of it splitting the air as it took a sudden nosedive towards shore. It finally struck with a cacophony of snapping palm trees and thunderous boom of its impact with the ground. It had thankfully missed all of you, but you could see smoke start rising out of the thick foliage where it did land. You all looked around at each other, mirrored faces of shock.
“We survived,” Donghyuck breathed out, patting his front as if he didn’t believe it. His blanket was sloppily thrown over one of his shoulders as he had one hand on the cooler.
“Dude, you thought we were all going to die, and your first instinct was to save the drinks?” Mark pointed out in disbelief.
“I’m sorry, Mr. ‘Where’s my phone?’” Your other friend retorted back. “Going to lecture me on the sanctity of human life when you were about to lose it all for your iPhone?”
As they kept squabbling, you tentatively stepped over the back of your log, towards the trees.
“Y/N?” Johnny said your name questioningly.
“Don’t you guys want to go see it?” You knocked back the rest of your seltzer. “A real-life meteor. Come on, we can all get a piece. It’ll be like, the coolest birthday party souvenir ever.”
Doyoung and Taeyong exchanged uneasy glances. Doyoung spoke up, “I don’t know, that thing was huge…”
“What? You think it was a spaceship or something?” You snickered at the idea, pulling out your phone to turn the flashlight on. “Come on, anybody who’s not a wimp. We’ll bring back enough pieces for the wimps.”
Yuta, Johnny, Jaehyun, and Donghyuck turned out to be the only ones who agreed to come with you. You led the way into the trees, following the slowly thinning smoke trail and path of destroyed palms. The impact site wasn’t very far, and when you first caught a glimpse of the hulking size of its silhouette, you were so glad it had missed. A hundred meters or so over, and all of you would have been crushed by a giant space rock, which is certainly one thing to put on your headstone. Except, as all of your individual flashlight beams shone over it, and you got to see it piece by piece, you realized it was not a meteor. It was all smooth metal, matte chrome in varying colors. A vessel of some kind. From space. A spaceship.
“Holy shit…” You breathed out.
“Oh, we should get the fuck out of here,” Jaehyun said lowly.
“Yeah, no way should first contact be made with our stupid, drunk asses,” Yuta agreed, starting to back up.
“Y/N,” Johnny grabbed your arm to try to pull you back as well, but you stood rooted to the ground. “Y/N, seriously, this is not the rabbit hole to jump down.”
“Maybe she’s figured we’ve gotten plenty of practice with aliens with Mark,” Donghyuck snickered.
You kept staring at the ship, listening to the metal creak and groan. Except those groans weren’t all metallic.
“I think someone’s in there!” You exclaimed, taking off towards it.
Johnny swore as your arm slipped from his grip, and you heard two pairs of footfalls chasing after you. You’d just managed to get a hand and a foot on the ship before a strong pair of arms grabbed you by the waist and pulled you off of it.
“Yuta, grab her hands before she claws me!” Johnny yelled from behind you.
As Yuta went to do that, you haphazardly threw out your feet that were now fully off the ground as Johnny lifted you up. You impacted with something on Yuta, who let out a long line of expletives, his hands dropping to grab something low on his own body. You blindly reached back for Johnny, grabbing a fistful of his hair with one hand and yanking hard, while the other reached under his arm to pinch a pressure point.
“Fuck!” He dropped you. “Yuta! You were supposed to—”
“She kicked me in the balls, man!” Yuta groaned back.
Knowing that you didn’t have long, you raced up the side of the ship. Banging on every panel that you passed by, you yelled out, “Hello? Somebody in there? Are you okay? Hello?”
You finally got to the top-ish of the ship, and one of the panels there felt different than the others. Almost like glass. Pounding your fist against the side of that, hoping it was the cockpit or something, you shouted into it, “Are you okay in there?”
There was another groan that echoed from inside, and it definitely sounded like a person this time. Searching for some kind of emergency release from the outside, you felt around the edge of the whole glass panel. There was no release, but you found a part of the panel that it connected to on the outer hull that had a sizeable dent, big enough for you to get your hand under. Biting your phone in between your teeth to point the flashlight at the dent, you saw that it had exposed an inner latch of some kind.
The sounds of another body climbing up the ship came to your ears, and you whipped around to look at Johnny, already holding your hands up in a defensive fighting position. You took your phone from your mouth just to threaten, “I will bite.”
“I know. Let’s just get this over with before this thing explodes or something, okay?” He held his own hands up in surrender. When you’d relaxed from your fighting stance, he came over to squat down next to you. “So, what are you thinking, kid? We need to bust that?”
“I think?”
“Alright, give me a second.” He hopped back down.
There was another low sound of pain from inside, and you bent closer to the gap as you addressed them, “Just hang in there! My friends and I are going to get you out, okay? Really soon!”
Johnny clambered back up, a large rock now in his hand. You moved out of the way for him to swing the more angled edge of the rock against the latching mechanism. After several swings, you heard a crack of metal, then he was tossing the stone aside. “Jae!” Johnny called out, your other friend joining you two a few seconds later. They each grabbed a side of the glass panel, pushing and pulling it away from the hull.
“Guys?” Donghyuck’s voice suddenly floated up to you, but from the rear of the ship. “I think you should hurry up!”
“No fucking shit!” Jaehyun yelled back, straining as him and Johnny continued battling with the ship.
“I mean, I’m not a spaceship engineer or anything, but I don’t think any of this should be on fire!”
“God dammit!” Johnny groaned. “Yuta!”
“Yep! Recovered! Coming up!” Yuta joined the fray as well, and finally, you heard the last bit of metal holding the panel down snap and give way.
They all fell down as the glass dome now rose on its own, along with a hiss of air pressure. There were dozens of lights and screens inside, all flashing red, lighting up the figure of a man on one of the two seats there. His head was lolled back, arms hanging by his sides.
“Christ, there is someone in there,” Johnny exhaled in shock.
“A fuckin’ alien,” Yuta mimicked the sign of the cross over himself.
“Wrong way, dumbass,” you scoffed, moving along the rim to get closer to the man inside. “You’re not supposed to start on your shoulders.”
“Oh, excuse me, didn’t realize I was in the presence of the Pope herself.”
You shot him another glare as you kneeled down to hook your elbows under the stranger’s arms. “Anybody going to help me?”
“The fire’s getting bigger!” Donghyuck yelled, fear pitching up his voice.
The other guys grabbed the man’s arms as well, helping you yank him up and out. He was all long, lanky limbs and dead weight, which your friends complained about to varying degrees of intensity. With a final tug, you pulled him out to the hull with you, his body flopping back onto you.
“Seriously! I can’t read alien, but I think it’s spreading to the fuel tank or something!” Your friend on the ground shouted in a panic, running around to the side where you were. “Get off there!”
Just then, the spaceman’s eyes fluttered open, and he looked at you with concern, his lips parting for a moment.
“Sorry, introductions later, your ship’s about to explode!” You said, jerking him over the side with you.
Donghyuck half-caught the two of you as you slid down the smooth exterior. Really, he just broke your landing a bit, the two of you still crashing into him at far too high of a speed to be painless, all your limbs smacking each other. The man from the ship made another groan of pain, as you and Donghyuck swore up a storm at your bitten tongues, clocked elbows, and cracked heads. The other three jumped down after you, Johnny and Jaehyun taking the stranger from your arms like they were carrying their drunk friend home from the bar. His feet dragged on the ground between them as the six of you hurried away from the ship. As you came crashing through the foliage again back to your campsite, your other friends all got to their feet to greet you.
“Took long enough!” Mark complained. “Alright, where’s our—Holy shit!”
“You found some guy?” Doyoung asked, pointing to the stranger. “Why does nothing ever go normal and fine when we let Yuta, Y/N, and Donghyuck go off together?”
Before any of you could explain, there was a loud boom from behind you, and you whipped around to see bright, glowing, molten sludge being shot into the air where you just had been. Fire lit up the trees, the night no longer feeling so cold suddenly.
“What was that?!” Taeyong rushed to your side, clinging onto you tightly.
“Spaceship,” Yuta pointed at the fireball. He then pointed at the stranger, “Alien.”
“Seriously?!” Mark’s eyes were bugging out of his head. “Like, a real UFO? What did it look like?”
“I was too busy fearing for our lives to take pictures, sorry, Mark.” Donghyuck leaned his hands on his knees as he caught his breath.
Doyoung spoke up then, concerned look focused on the man from the ship. “Uh, I think your alien’s dead.”
The spaceman was entirely slack in Johnny and Jaehyun’s grip, head hanging forward as dark droplets fell from his mouth onto the sand. You rushed over, instinctually putting two fingers to the side of his neck, where you guessed a jugular would be if he had one. Please, please, please let him have a heart, and let it be beating. He felt warm, at least, and while you couldn’t find a pulse, you didn’t know if that really meant anything. Instead, you held your fingers under his nose, relieved when you could feel a slight, repetitive exhale of breath.
“He’s breathing!” You announced with relief. A drop of his blood fell onto your hand then, and as you jerked the limb back, not entirely sure what alien blood would do to you. The fleck caught the light of the bonfire and shone blue. A dark navy blue, so dark it almost appeared black at first.
“Definitely an alien…” Yuta crossed himself again.
“Stop that!” You hissed, grabbing a half-drank bottle of water to pour the contents over your hand, washing off the alien blood. “You’d burn up if you stepped foot in a church.”
“Should we take him to a hospital?” Doyoung asked.
“No!” You cried out immediately. “They’d dissect him or something.”
“Y/N, you’re not suggesting we keep him!” Johnny regarded with you wide, incredulous eyes.
“Like a pet alien?” Donghyuck added very helpfully.
“You’re a doctor!” You argued with Johnny.
“A vet! An animal doctor! I’m not even licensed to practice medicine on humans, I wouldn’t know where to start on an alien!”
“Exactly, you don’t need a license to practice on him, he’s not human!”
“Johnny, we all know you’re going to say yes,” Jaehyun grunted, readjusting his hold on the passed-out spaceman. “Come on man, he’s getting heavy.”
“Fine! Fine! I have my kit in my car,” Johnny relented with a big sigh.
“We can take him to my place,” you immediately offered.
The distant sounds of sirens caught your attention, and you all immediately rushed to shut down the campsite. Someone doused the firepit while the speaker was shut off, and the drinks, towels, and blankets were hastily packed up. You all made a run for the cars parked up on the side of the road, as the sirens got even louder. You climbed into Johnny’s backseat before he and Jaehyun pushed the stranger back there with you, then got into the front. The others loaded up into Doyoung’s van, and the two vehicles took off with roars of engines and squeals of tires. You pulled the man’s head up into your lap, wincing as you appraised the damage. His blue blood dripped from his mouth and a significant rip in his jacket on his side. He groaned in pain but didn’t stir otherwise. Aside from the blue blood, he looked human… hopefully Johnny would be able to do something.
At your building, Johnny and Jaehyun helped you drag the spaceman up to your apartment on the third floor, and you had them deposit him on your bed. Johnny brought his travel vet kit up from the car, and together, you managed to get the shiny silver jacket off of him. Underneath, he had a fairly plain white top, which was also torn and blood-soaked. Johnny snapped on a pair of gloves before he pushed the hem up to appraise the stranger’s side, where there was a huge gash in his flesh.
“Oh, Christ, okay,” Johnny sighed, inspecting the wound. “I guess I’ll disinfect and suture it up?”
“Just do it,” you mumbled, pressing a towel to the man’s sweat-sheened forehead.
“Jaehyun, mind assisting?”
“You do know the ‘Dr.’ I put in front of my name is just decorative, right? It’s in Poetry—”
“And now you can brag to all your colleagues that you’ve done real medicine like a real doctor,” Johnny snapped back. “Disinfectant, get it.”
With Jaehyun assisting him, Johnny made quick work of patching him up. Pressing the bandages down over the site so the adhesive would stick, Johnny then disposed of his navy-splattered gloves. He grabbed a stethoscope, putting the end up against the spaceman’s chest.
“I think he’s alive?” Johnny announced. “I don’t know. If he is, he doesn’t have a heart because I’m not getting anything.”
He shifted the placement, presumably to listen to his breathing, and an even more bewildered look overtook his features. Sliding the stethoscope over to the right side of the man’s chest, he sat there for a moment, just listening.
“It’s on the other side,” he breathed out. “His heart’s on the right side.”
“But he has a heartbeat?” You clarified.
“Yeah, he does. Faint, but it’s there. He’s breathing, too. A bit shallow, but otherwise normal. I think.”
You let out a sigh of relief. “Thank God.”
“I don’t think there’s anything else I can do until he wakes up. If he wakes up.”
“Right, thank you Johnny,” you smiled wearily your friend. “I’ll call you when he wakes.”
Jaehyun and Johnny looked at each other skeptically. Jaehyun spoke up, “You’re going to stay here alone with some rando we literally pulled out of a burning hunk of metal?”
“My couch only fits one person. So unless you two are offering to sleep on the floor to protect me or whatever?”
“Call us if anything happens,” Johnny sighed, packing up all of his supplies.
“Of course,” you nodded. “Thanks, guys.”
You heard the sound of your front door clicking shut as you stayed sitting on the edge of your mattress, wiping the spaceman’s face. He really did look human, two eyes that were now shut, lashes resting on his cheeks, a nose practically just like yours, with an elegant slope to the bridge, and a pair of plush, pouty lips. He let out a soft sigh, his head rolling over towards you. But then he went silent and still again. You finished cleaning up his face as best you could, then pulled the covers up over him. Readjusting his bangs that had been stuck together by the damp washcloth you’d used, you gave a final determined nod to nobody in particular before standing up. Grabbing a change of pajamas from your dresser, you got everything you’d need from in here for the night, then went to leave.
“Alright…” You stopped at the threshold of your bedroom, looking over the spaceman’s sleeping figure one last time. “Goodnight, I suppose.”
And with that, you turned the lights out, and quietly closed the door behind you. You were sure to leave it slightly ajar, though, just in case. After taking a much-needed shower and getting ready for bed in your bathroom, you headed out to the living room. You set up a few pillows and blankets into a comfy-enough makeshift bed, then tucked yourself in. Despite the exhaustion in your muscles, the excitement of the night hadn’t worn off yet, and you laid awake for another hour just staring at your bedroom door.
Waking up in the morning to sunlight streaming in through your living room windows, you covered your eyes with a groan and rolled over to bury your face in the back cushions. The sound of your phone buzzing incessantly from the coffee table came, however, and with a guttural groan, you flopped back over to pick it up.
“Yeah?” You mumbled, not even checking the caller ID.
“Y/N?” It was Yuta on the other end.
“Who the fuck else would it be? You called me at whenever-the-fuck-in-the-morning.”
“Someone woke up on the wrong side of the bed.”
“Couch,” you corrected him, swinging your feet over as you sat up properly. “I slept on the couch.”
“Gave E.T. your bed? Such a kind hostess.”
The mention of your guest woke you up more. You got to your feet, shuffling towards the bedroom with a yawn. “Yeah, you know me, I’m a fuckin’ peach.”
“So how’s the…” Yuta dropped his voice to whisper into the phone, “Alien?”
The door hadn’t moved since last night, and you cautiously pushed it open to peer inside. You could see the stranger exactly where you had left him, laying on his back under your blankets, chest shallowly rising up and down. Pushing further into the room, you hesitated on whether to try to find a pulse again. You settled for trying once around his wrist, and if it didn’t work, then you’d just have to assume he was fine. Surprisingly, you found his pulse in one go, and it felt steady.
“Fine, I think,” you answered Yuta quietly, walking back over towards your door. “He’s breathing, he has a heartbeat. He’s just not… ambulatory.”
“Still passed out cold?”
“Yeah.”
“Imagine if he was in one of those comas that you don’t wake up from, and we just had to deal with this comatose alien.”
“Stop, you’re going to manifest that or something!” You hissed.
“Not manifesting, just joking.”
“You’re hilarious.”
“Anyway, some of us went back to the beach this morning, because Mark really wanted to see the UFO—”
“Don’t touch anything!”
“We couldn’t. The whole place is locked down. Couldn’t even park on the shoulder, it was swarming with cops. They were still putting out the fire.”
“Do you think any of the ship survived?”
“I have no clue. Doyoung said he’d ask his dad about it.” Doyoung’s dad was the fire chief, making your participation in the conflagration last night even more dicey.
“Tell him to call me as soon as he finds out anything.”
“I think he was already planning on that, but I’ll make sure he knows.”
“Good. Also, I’m sorry for kicking you in…” You trailed off as you turned around to see two big brown eyes staring at you from your bed. “I’ve got to go, Yuta. I’ll call you back.”
“What’s hap—” You hung up.
The spaceman was looking around the room warily, regarding you with clear suspicion.
“Hey…” You offered him a smile as you kept your tone of voice soothing and calm. “You’re alright. I’m not going to do anything to you. My name’s Y/N.”
He kept staring blankly at you, and you were starting to fear that he wouldn’t be able to understand you at all.
“You got injured, last night. On your side.”
He pulled up the hem of his shirt, looking at it himself. He tentatively touched the bandages, but didn’t rip them off. There was a small dot of dark blue that had soaked through.
“I’m going to call my friend, to look at it, okay?”
He nodded.
Quickly dialing Johnny’s number, you chewed on your thumbnail anxiously at how long it was taking him to pick up. Finally, the ringing stopped, and a confused groan came from the other end.
“Hey, Johnny,” you greeted him, relieved. Johnny made another inquisitive sound. “Yeah, he’s awake.”
You could heard Johnny make a few more noises of exertion, presumably sitting up in bed. After a yawn, sniffle, and cough (which he thankfully pointed his mic away from), he said real words. “Has he… said anything?” Your friend questioned. “Can you even understand each other?”
“No, he’s not exactly talking… Just sort of nodding. So I think he can understand me at least.”
“Alright—good Lord—I’ll be over in like, thirty.”
“That long?!”
“You woke me up! I need to brush my teeth and shit. Make that forty-five, I still reek of alcohol.”
“Fine. Hey, can you bring some clothes for him, too?”
“What?!”
“I don’t have anything that’ll fit him. You guys are about the same size. Or steal some of Jae’s, I don’t care.”
“Yeah, I’m taking Jaehyun’s. I think they’re a bit closer in size.”
“You don’t want an alien to wear your clothes.”
“Excuse me for feeling weird about that! What if he bleeds on them? I’d have to burn them!”
“So you’re volunteering your roommate’s clothes instead.”
“Well—”
“Just get over here, John.”
“Will do. See you, kid.”
“See you.” You hung up. Turning back to the alien, you announced, “My friend will be here soon. He’s just going to look you over. Are you okay? Like, does anything hurt?”
He stared at you.
“Right, those were two different questions.” You shook your head at yourself. “Do you feel any pain? Anywhere?”
He indicated to the wound on his side.
“Makes sense, you got sliced open by something there. Anything else?”
He held his hands out, and you saw that his left wrist was slightly puffier and swollen than the other.
“Oh, looks like you… sprained your wrist?” You said tentatively. You had no clue how his joints worked or if they could even get sprained like yours, but that’s definitely what it looked like.
He nodded.
“Johnny should have something for that,” you assured him. After a few beats of silence, you tried introductions again. “I’m Y/N. I know I already said that, but uh, it’d be nice to know your name, too? I’m pretty sure you can understand me, since you’ve been answering my questions, mostly. So—”
“Did you capture me, then?” He finally spoke, his voice clear but uncertain.
“What? No,” you laughed, completely caught off-guard by the question. “You’re free to go anytime you want. Your ship crashed, and my friends and I found you. I just want to help, but if you want to go right now, I won’t stop you.”
“This is… not a human hospital?”
“No, it’s not,” you chuckled again. “It’s my bedroom. We uh, we weren’t sure if we should take you to a hospital or not. Didn’t want them taking x-rays of you and finding out you had two hearts or something.”
“Just the one.”
“Yes, and it’s on the right side of your chest, right?”
He stared at you with mild alarm.
“Johnny was listening to your heart last night. Had a difficult time finding it.” You tapped the left side of your chest, right above your own heart. “Ours is usually over here.”
He licked his lips, eyes flitting around before they landed on you again, and he finally said, “My name’s Jungwoo.”
“Jungwoo?” You echoed slowly, making sure you were pronouncing it correctly.
“Yes.”
“If you’re from space, why is your name… Korean?”
“It’s not. It can’t be pronounced by humans. You’re missing a flap.” He gestured to his throat. “I suppose that’s the closest approximation that it could get.”
“It?”
“My transcoder.” He picked up the pendant hanging around his neck, a simple rhombus of flat gold metal. “It’s a translation device. That’s why we can understand each other right now. Thankfully, it didn’t get busted in the crash. I don’t speak human.”
“We don’t all speak one language, you know? We have thousands.”
“Wait, really?”
“Does your whole planet speak one language? Speaking of, where are you from?”
“I’m from far outside this galaxy. I’m not sure telling you the name of my planet would be any help.”
“It’d be interesting.”
“Galaria.”
“So you’re… Galarian?”
“Galarii.”
“Ah, I was close. Never was good at conjugation in grammar class.”
“All Galarii speak the same language, to answer your question. We have some regional dialects, but all of us can understand each other. How does your planet hold conversations, come to agreements about policy or run the government at all?”
“We don’t have one government system for the whole planet, so usually we don’t need to. Everybody who lives near each other tend to speak the same language.”
His brow furrowed and his lips pulled down into a slight frown. “Then you must all be so… separated.”
You sat down on the corner of your bed in front of him, hoping this was still a polite, conversational distance for Galarii. “I don’t think it’s so bad. People can always learn more than one language if they want, learn about other cultures.”
“How do people from those different cultures even understand each other, though? You seemed confused about my transcoder, I’m guessing you don’t have anything similar here.”
“Translators. People who learn more than one language and interpret between people who don’t speak the same language. Not to mention computer programs will usually get you the gist of something if you’re in a hurry or don’t have access to a more authentic source.”
“How many governments do you have, then? Two? Three?”
You burst into laughter at the idea. “Sorry, sorry, I’m not laughing at you. It’s just… well, to spare you from any degree of human politics, let’s say there’s a debate about how many countries we even have, but people usually say about 200.”
“Two hundred?! How do you get anything done?”
“Very slowly,” you snickered, hiking a leg up onto the side of the bed to get comfier. “So, how does your transcoder work, exactly? Like, how is it getting in my brain? Because watching you talk, it looks like you’re saying the words I’m hearing, but you can’t be.”
“Low-level, short-range telepathic wave.”
“Telepathic?!”
“I’m not sure what word it’s picking to translate, but you seem very shocked.”
“For us, telepathy is magic. It’s a superpower, it’s not real.”
“I can assure you, this all has very sound science behind it. Though I’m more of a pilot than a neuroscientist, so I can’t really explain it...”
“Really good pilot, too. Spectacular landing,” you joked, crossing your fingers that Galarii understood sarcasm.
He seemed to, as he let out a cynical chuckle. “Not my finest work.”
“So what happened that made you crash in the first place?”
“Political assassination.”
“Excuse me?!”
“Attempted murder?” Jungwoo tried another phrase, looking down at his transcoder as if inspecting it for damage.
“Am I harboring a space fugitive right now?”
“No, I’m not on the run from anywhere. I was taking a joyride when suddenly the engines began failing. I presume it was meant to look like an accident. I’ll know more after I can inspect my ship.”
“Ooh, about that,” you winced.
“What?”
“Well, it exploded, for one.”
“Yes, that’s what I figured when you told me ‘your ship is about to explode’ and then I heard an explosion.”
“So you remember some of last night!” You pointed victoriously.
“Some,” he agreed mildly. “In a couple brief bouts of consciousness I had.”
“So, yeah, it exploded, and the explosion and resulting fire drew in a lot of attention. A couple of my friends drove by this morning and the whole place is swarmed with firemen and cops still.”
“I’ll just tell them it’s my ship.”
“No.”
“They should release it to the proper owner, what would the problem be?”
“You crashed here from space in a certifiable UFO. If you walked up and say that it’s yours, if they believe you, they’d probably ship you off for dissection, shoot you on the spot, or kill you then ship you off for dissection.”
“That’s not very polite.”
“Sorry, we don’t really get a lot of alien visitors. Or any, that I’m aware of.”
“Very well,” Jungwoo sighed, looking down at his lap dejectedly.
“So we’ll have to sneak in at night.”
“What?”
“If you want to inspect your ship, we’ll have to sneak in after everybody leaves for the night. And, after they’ve put out the fires.”
“You’re suggesting breaking the law?”
“Do you have a problem with that? It’s just light trespassing, and onto a ship that’s yours anyway.”
“No, I don’t have a problem with that.” Jungwoo’s face finally cracked into a smile. “Just clarifying.”
“So… who are you?”
“I’ve told you my name and species.”
“I meant, who are you on your planet? To have somebody trying to assassinate you. Here, usually people that get assassinated are like, politicians, rulers, activists, sometimes celebrities. Ooh, I’ve got it! You’re a pop star or something!”
“No, I’m not a… musician.” The way he said the word made you think the transcoder must have had a hard time finding an equivalent word in his language.
“Actor?”
“I’m not a celebrity. Well, not how you’re suggesting, I believe.”
“Okay, because you’ve got the look.”
“Look? How am I looking at you?”
“No, I mean you’re really pretty.” You gestured vaguely to his face. “You’d fit right in on a red carpet here.”
“I think I will interpret that as a compliment.”
“Maybe,” you grinned and shrugged. “So? What are you? If you’re not a celebrity, why did someone try to kill you?”
“They weren’t trying to kill me.”
“Who were they trying to kill?”
“My brother, presumably,” he said as if this were the most obvious, natural thing in the world.
You raised an eyebrow. “You sound unperturbed by this.”
“Really, this is what I get for stealing his ship.”
“So you are a thief.”
“With permission.”
“Then it’s not stealing.”
“Just like you didn’t want to bore me with Earth politics, I won’t bore you with mine, but let’s say my brother’s very powerful and very controversial,” Jungwoo explained. “He asked that I take his ship and publicly leave the planet on it.”
“So everybody would think he left.”
“Yes.”
“Why?”
“So he could get some paperwork done.”
“What exactly makes him so controversial?”
“None of his policies, really. But people don’t like some choices he’s made in his personal life.”
“Sounds familiar,” you mused, thinking of a few figures on Earth like that as well. “How long was your joyride supposed to take?”
“A few days.”
“Are Galaria days similar to Earth days?”
“I… am not sure.”
“Cool. So what’s going to happen if you don’t come back on time?”
“It wouldn’t be the first time I’ve run away,” he admitted. “Though he will be pissed that I diverted from the plan.”
“Well, hopefully we can get you back without getting in too much trouble with him,” you offered him a reassuring smile.
“We?”
“I’m not an engineer or anything, but I’ll help you however I can. Even if it’s just holding the flashlight.”
Jungwoo regarded you not with suspicion, but more-so fascination, like he wanted to put you under a microscope. “I take it not all humans are this helpful.”
“I like to think we all want to do good, but it might look different for different people. And some of us haven’t practiced doing good since we were taught to share as kids.”
“Well, thank you, Y/N. I suppose if we’re going to be sneaking in at night, I will need somebody to hold the flashlight.”
“I’m your girl,” you beamed, right as your doorbell rang, accompanied by a solid knock. “That’ll be Johnny. Wait here.”
“Johnny!” You opened your door, head tilting curiously at the extra figures that accompanied him. “And Mark and Donghyuck. What are you guys doing here?”
“Well—” Mark started.
“We want to see the alien, duh,” Donghyuck pushed past you.
You crossed your arms over your chest. “He’s not a freakshow here for your entertainment.”
“Alright, Ms. High-and-Mighty, excuse us for having natural human curiosity,” Donghyuck scoffed, looked around your living room as if you were hiding him somewhere.
“Let Johnny look him over first, then I will ask Jungwoo if he wants to meet you.”
“Sweet!” “Yes!” They high-fived each other.
“Jungwoo?” Johnny repeated with a suspicious eyebrow raised. “His name’s not like ‘Gorgluk’ or something?”
“It could be, for all I know,” you admitted with a shrug. “According to him, we—humans—don’t have the right… throat flaps to say his actual name. That’s the closest approximation his translating device could make, apparently.”
“Right. Cool. Alien named Jungwoo. We going to meet his brother Steve next?”
“You’re not funny.”
“I’m coping.”
Leading Johnny back down the hall, you gently knocked on your bedroom door as you pushed it open. “Hey, Jungwoo, I’m back.”
Jungwoo was right where you’d left him, sitting up in your bed, hands folded over his lap patiently. You saw him stiffen slightly when his eyes moved from you to Johnny as the taller man followed you into the room.
“Jungwoo, this is my friend Johnny. Johnny, this is Jungwoo,” you quietly introduced them.
“Hey,” Johnny nodded to him casually.
“I told you Johnny was going to check you out, remember?”
Jungwoo nodded.
“Does he talk?” Your friend looked at you with a skeptical eyebrow raised.
“Yeah, he’s just shy, or something,” you muttered, walking over to the bedside with Johnny.
Johnny pulled out his stethoscope first, awkwardly listening to the right side of Jungwoo’s chest, then motioned for him to lean forward to listen to his lungs from the back. Once he’d taken the stethoscope out of his ears, Jungwoo spoke.
“You’re a doctor?” The spaceman asked, watching as Johnny opened his kit again to put the tool away.
“Vet.” Johnny answered bluntly, pulling on a pair of latex gloves.
“Vet?”
“Veterinarian. I am a doctor, but my patients are usually on four legs.”
Jungwoo looked up at you in bewilderment. “There are four-legged humans?”
“Animals. I treat animals.”
“Johnny’s really good,” you assured him. “He’s the one that stitched you up.”
“Speaking of—” Johnny gestured to his side. “You mind?”
Jungwoo wordlessly pulled his shirt up to allow Johnny to inspect the wound.
“I’m going to change the dressings,” the vet declared, beginning to peel the bandage off.
To your disbelief, the wound was half the size as before, and looked almost healed up. The amount of blood on the gauze indicated much more damage than you were seeing.
“What the shit?” Johnny swore under his breath.
“Jungwoo, how’s your wrist?” You asked with wide eyes.
He lifted his left hand up, bending and flexing it with no visible reaction. It was a typical size again. “From your reactions, I take it humans heal at much slower rates?”
“Uh, yeah,” you gulped, still staring at the wound on his side in awe. “It would take us days to heal as much as you have.”
“I-I don’t think I need to change the dressing,” Johnny said, his face completely betraying how weirded out he was by what he was looking at. “There’s no blood or any other… fluids coming out of it. It’s entirely scabbed over, nothing should be getting in there. I can put a band-aid on it so the scab doesn’t catch on any clothes, I guess?”
“Do you have any morphine?” Jungwoo requested.
“It can’t hurt that much, it just looks like you bumped a countertop too hard.”
“I think my rib is broken.”
“What?!”
You looked at him incredulously. “Why didn’t you say anything before?”
“My skin heals quicker than internal parts. It should be fine in a few days, but it does hurt quite a bit now.”
Johnny looked to you for any sort of cue, at the same time that you looked at him for the same. He presumably thought you knew more about aliens than him, and you were seeking his medical opinion.
“Can you have morphine?” Johnny asked him slowly. “Like, is it compatible with your biology, or whatever?”
“Very much. My body naturally produces some, but I’m afraid the concentration of hydrogen in your atmosphere is inadequate for this level of injury.” Jungwoo looked the two of you over with confusion. “Why are you so hesitant to give me it?”
“Well, it’s sort of… addictive,” you tried to explain. “Doctors tend to try other stuff before jumping for the opioids.”
“My body must process it differently. We’ve never seen opioid addiction on my planet.”
You and Johnny met eyes again before Johnny reached back into his kit. He pulled out a small bottle and syringe. As soon as he took the cap off the needle, Jungwoo’s eyes went wide. “And what are you going to do with that?”
“Inject you?” Johnny replied, bewildered. “Unless you were planning on drinking it?”
“You don’t?”
“No! And I’m not going to let you!” Johnny was clearly at his wits end. “Either I stick you, or you don’t get any.”
“Okay, guys,” you jumped in, uncomfortable with the rising tension. Able to realize when Johnny was at his limit, you turned to Jungwoo. “Will it harm you if you get injected with it instead of drinking it?”
“No, but I would prefer not to,” Jungwoo admitted.
“Alien with trypanophobia?” Johnny scoffed.
At the returned stiffness in Jungwoo’s muscles, you looked at him sympathetically. “Is that it, Jungwoo? You’re afraid of needles?”
“I’m not afraid of them, he has one and I’m not running from the room—”
“But you don’t like them being used on you.”
“Y/N, I have a job,” Johnny sighed, checking his watch. “I can’t do this song and dance with him all day.”
“Jungwoo, are you going to let him inject you? Like I said, doctors avoid giving opiates out, we’re not going to be able to get you any from anywhere else.”
“Y/N will hold your hand, will that help?” Your human friend offered tersely.
“Johnny, don’t patronize him.”
“Very well,” Jungwoo cut Johnny off right as he had opened his mouth to respond to you. “That… is an agreeable compromise.”
Johnny gestured at him while staring you down very pointedly. Not having the energy in you to go back and forth with either of them anymore, you sat down at the head of the bed by Jungwoo and offered your hand out to him. His skin was surprisingly warm as he laid his hand atop yours, and you curled your hand around it, then put your other one on top, giving him a gentle pat and small smile that you hoped looked reassuring.
Jungwoo didn’t look at Johnny as he went back to preparing the injection, instead keeping his eyes trained on you. “I… didn’t realize that humans are so cold.”
“Just me,” you told him, squeezing his hand. “Cold hands. You’re about as warm as other humans I’ve met. My friend Jae is like a human space heater. Hates when I put my cold toes on him during movie night.”
Jungwoo opened his mouth to reply, but his face suddenly scrunched up. Johnny must have put the needle in. The alien squinted one eye open as he continued whatever he had been going to say in the first place. “I don’t mind how cold you are.”
“Done,” Johnny declared, quite literally slapping a band-aid over where he had just injected. “And I’m going to work.”
“Taking the other two with you?” You asked hopefully.
“You promised them an alien.”
“I promised I would ask. They’re not entitled to see him.”
“Whatever, I’ve got to go.” Johnny packed everything up quickly. He gave your hair a quick ruffle. “Bye, kid.”
“Bye, Johnny.” You watched him head for the bedroom door.
“Thank you,” Jungwoo called out to him.
The vet gave a final nod to both of you before slipping back out. You heard a sudden swell of noise as the two younger boys accosted him.
“Who else is here?” Jungwoo asked you.
You bit your lip ruefully as you heard the front door open and close, but the voices of Mark and Donghyuck were still very much audible. “Two more of our friends, Donghyuck and Mark. They were at the beach last night, too, when we found you. They want to meet you, if that’s okay with you. I totally get it if you say no. I’ll be more than happy to kick them out.”
“No, that’s alright. I would like to meet them. They’re your friends, right?”
“I guess I did say that,” you sighed, letting go of his hand and standing up. “Okay, be back.”
Out in your living room, the two younger boys practically assaulted you in their excited states, clinging onto your arms desperately.
“Don’t throw us out! We’ll be so good!” Donghyuck pleaded.
“Johnny told us he talks and stuff?!” Mark was buzzing.
“Cool it,” you chastised them. “He said he wants to meet you. Don’t make me regret this.”
“Fuck yeah!” They fistbumped.
“You two are so lame. Come on.” You stalked back over to your room. Jungwoo perked up when you came back in, regarding the two newcomers studiously.
“Jungwoo, this is Mark and Donghyuck,” you gestured to each in turn. “Guys, this is Jungwoo.”
“It’s nice to meet—” Mark’s polite greeting was cut off by Donghyuck.
“So are you from Mars? Jupiter?”
You slapped a hand over your face with a low groan. Jungwoo almost looked amused, thankfully. “No, I’m not from this Solar System. Or galaxy, for that matter.”
“How can you breathe our air?” Mark asked curiously.
“We have a similar composition on my home planet. Though there’s not as much free hydrogen here…”
“Oh!” You suddenly had an epiphany. “The hydrogen. Will water work? Uhm, dihydrogen monoxide?”
“Yes, that will be an apt replacement.”
“I’ll go get you a glass,” you patted his shoulder before hurrying from the room. The others were still talking as you filled up a cup of water, then walked back in with it. You held it out to Jungwoo. “Here.”
“Thank you, Y/N.”
“So what do you eat?” Donghyuck questioned. “Can you eat our food?”
“I quite like uhm, confections. Desserts.”
“Alien with a sweet tooth…”
“You all keep calling me that. You do realize that to me, you are the aliens?”
“Woah…” Mark breathed out. “You’re right.”
Jungwoo quickly chugged down the glass of water, and you took it back. “I’ll get you another,” you smiled down at him.
Donghyuck perked up, “Oh, Y/N, can I have a—”
“You know where the kitchen is,” you snorted, heading for the door. “I’m not your mom.”
When you returned and handed the cup to Jungwoo again, Mark eyed you with a pout and arms crossed over his chest. “You’re never this nice to us when we get hurt.”
“Yeah, you laughed in Yuta’s face when he broke his leg last year,” Donghyuck narrowed his eyes.
“Because he broke his leg trying to grind an ollie at the skate park at his big age,” you scoffed. “And then had to go into his grown-up job the next day. Tell me how that isn’t funny.”
They exchanged a glance before breaking out into snickers.
“Okay, that is pretty funny,” Donghyuck admitted.
“Exactly.” You glanced at the time on your phone. “Alright, I’m tired of human interaction, you two need to go.”
“But—” Mark gestured wildly to Jungwoo, who was calmly sipping his water.
“My apartment, my rules,” you clicked your tongue, shooing them towards the front door.
“Johnny brought us here, how are we going to get home?” Donghyuck tried to plead with you as you shoved them through your apartment.
“You have bus passes, don’t you?”
“Well yeah—”
“Then, bye!” You opened your door and pushed them out, slamming the door shut behind them. Turning back around, you noticed a stack of clothes on the arm of your couch, and recognized them as some of Jaehyun’s. You grabbed them and took them back with you into your bedroom.
“Ugh, finally,” you sighed, rolling out your neck. “Sorry about them.”
“They were… funny,” Jungwoo settled on an adjective.
You offered out the clothes to your guest. “Here, Johnny brought these for you. My shower is through there, too.” You gestured to your bathroom door. “And I can make something to eat while you freshen up. If you’re hungry. What do you eat? Other than sweet stuff? I don’t have any meat, but I can go get some if you need it—”
“We don’t eat meat, either,” he smiled up at you. “Galarii don’t.”
“Vegetarians?”
“Yes.”
“Well, easy for me, then.” You watched him as he swung his legs around. “You got it? You need any help?”
Jungwoo slowly got to his feet, and you winced as you watched him clutch at his side. Nevertheless, he stayed upright, and took a couple steps forward. “I’ll be alright.”
“Great. Uhm, let me just show you how the shower works and stuff, then I’ll leave you be.” You walked him into the bathroom, pushed back the shower curtain, pointing out the knobs and bottles to Jungwoo. “This one’s for cold water, this one’s for hot water. You have to turn them left to turn them on. Pull this thing up to turn the shower part on instead of the bath. This blue bottle is for shampoo, you do that one first, just on the roots of your hair. Purple one is conditioner, on your ends. Face wash, body wash. Yeah, I think that’s it.”
As you turned back to look at Jungwoo, you realized how close he was as he had leaned in to listen intently to you point out everything. Squinting, you looked closer at a faint smattering of freckles across his cheeks and nose that you hadn’t noticed before. “Hey, I never realized you have freckles,” you commented, blinking a couple times to make sure you were seeing this right. “Or that they were… rainbow? No, just pink? And purple?”
“They’re not freckles.” He touched them as if he were wiping them away, but they didn’t budge. “They’re iridophores, patches of cells that reflect light differently. I believe the fluorescents in here are making them more visible than the dim lighting in the other room.”
“They’re so pretty!” You exclaimed, shifting in another direction so that they were even flashier at this angle, revealing some blue and green as well.
Jungwoo’s hand hovered uncertainly over his face. “You think so?”
“Yeah, of course! What? You don’t?”
“They’re… I don’t know, they’re nothing special on Galaria,” he admitted, dropping his hand to give you a full view of the iridophores. He pulled the collar of his shirt to the side to show some of the top of his shoulder, where there were even more, then let it go. “I have them here too. Everyone does.”
“Well, we don’t have stuff like that here,” you informed him with an awestruck grin. “Anyway, I’ll let you shower, sorry. You’re not some specimen for me to gawk at.”
“No, it’s alright. I don’t mind you being curious about me.”
You weren’t sure what to say to that, so you gave him a nod and another smile before leaving the bathroom and heading into the kitchen.
By the time Jungwoo was done with his shower, you had made a couple hefty stacks of pancakes, cut up some fruit, and grabbed a jar of Nutella for good measure, remembering his comment about preferring sweets. You filled up two tall glasses of ice water before also making a cup of tea for yourself. You briefly contemplated running to the boba place around the corner, but it was exactly then that you heard the shower turn off, and thought better of it. Jungwoo emerged in a pair of Jaehyun’s jeans and a slouchy, grey crewneck sweater, looking startlingly human, except for the occasional glint of iridophores on his cheeks and nose. His hair was still a bit damp as he came over to curiously inspect the two plates you had placed on your kitchen counter.
“Pancakes and fruit. Grab a plate and sit wherever, I don’t have a table. I usually eat at the couch.” You gestured. Jungwoo followed your lead and sat in the corner of your couch as you plopped down in your armchair. You cracked open your jar of Nutella, offering it out to him.
“What is that?” He questioned, sniffing the air tentatively.
“Chocolate hazelnut spread,” you stuck a spoon in it. “It’s sweet. You’ll probably like it. Most people do.”
He put some on a small part of a pancake, and tried a bite, then immediately dove back in to slather the rest of his pancakes in it.
“Alien with a sweet tooth,” you chuckled to yourself, digging into your own breakfast.
“You don’t have to… stay with me,” Jungwoo told you between bites. “I remember you telling your friends that you were tired of human interaction. I believe that it’s a common human social nicety to entertain house guests, but you won’t offend me if you wish to be alone.”
“That’s… considerate,” you chuckled. “But the operative word there is human. You’re an alien, so I’m not tired of you yet, Jungwoo.”
“Really?”
“Yep,” you grinned at him, popping a piece of fruit in your mouth.
“May I ask… Why am I staying with you?”
“What do you mean?”
“From what Mark and Donghyuck were saying, it sounds like there were many of your friends there last night when my ship crashed. How did it happen that I ended up here with you?”
“Finders keepers, I guess,” you laughed. Jungwoo gave you a funny sort of look at that, which prompted you to further explain. “I’m the one who found your ship in the first place and wanted to look inside at all. I don’t know how much you remember, but I’m kind of the one who pulled you out. Some of the other guys helped me, don’t get me wrong, but if they had their way, you would’ve been left in there. So, I found you, you’re my responsibility. Finders keepers.”
“Ah, I see.”
Your phone buzzed then, and you saw that it was Doyoung calling. “Oh, that’s Doyoung, I’ve got to take this. Sorry, hold on.” Standing up, you didn’t go very far as you walked over to the living room window to look out over the city as you answered. “Hi, Doie, what’s up?”
“Y/N, hey. How’s your alien?” Your friend asked.
“Fine, all things considering.”
“He alive?”
“Alive, awake, eating, talking, the whole shebang.”
“Shit, really?!”
“Uh-huh,” you confirmed, holding your phone mic-out towards Jungwoo, “Jungwoo, say hi to Doyoung?”
Jungwoo covered his mouth as he quickly chewed and swallowed, then called out, “Hello, Doyoung!”
You brought your phone back up to your ear just in time to hear your friend react. “Holy shit!”
“So what’d you find out from your dad? How much of the ship survived?”
“A lot,” he told you. “They’re calling it a hoax, and they’re not letting news reporters get footage. Apparently they don’t want to encourage any copycats. After putting out the fire, they haven’t let anybody on board. They’re just keeping it cordoned off until the police chief and my dad decide what to do with it. Right now it’s a crime scene while they investigate it as an arson case.”
“But the fire’s been put out, right?”
“Yeah.”
“Do you know anything about how it’s being watched?”
“A couple cops at night, I think.” Doyoung’s voice was guarded. “You’re going to sneak the alien back there, aren’t you?”
“He has to get home somehow, Doyoung,” you insisted. “Unless you think we should steal a spaceship from somewhere else that’s fit for intergalactic travel?”
“Hey, I’m not disagreeing with the whole ‘get the alien back home’ idea,” he said defensively. “Just don’t get arrested while you’re at it, alright? Johnny would have a stroke.”
“Yeah, I know, he nearly had one last night and this morning playing alien doctor,” you sighed. “I don’t think he’d bail me and Jungwoo out of jail if it came to it.”
“Call Yuta for your one phone call if you need. He’s good for it.”
“Yeah, that’s what I was thinking. Or Taeyong, he probably wouldn’t hold it over my head.”
“Good point. Or, even better—don’t get arrested in the first place.”
“Plan A: Don’t get arrested. Plan B: Taeyong. Plan C: Yuta. Plan D: You. Plan E: Jaehyun, who would definitely bring Johnny with him.”
“Sounds like you’ve got it all figured out,” Doyoung chuckled. “I’ll leave you and Spock to it then.”
“He has a name, you know.”
“Yeah, but I don’t have all the right flaps, right?”
“Who told you? Donghyuck? Mark?”
“Johnny. He called on the way to work to ask if I knew anything about the ship.”
“Huh…”
“Anyway, I’ll leave you and Stitch be. Holler if you need something.”
“You’re hilarious. You’re fucking hilarious,” you rolled your eyes, hanging up. Plopping back down in your armchair, you relayed the pertinent parts of your conversation to Jungwoo. “According to Doyoung, a lot of your ship survived the explosion. They’ve put the fire out, but there will probably be a couple cops patrolling it at night, so we’ll have to be careful when we go check it out tonight. Until then, I guess we’ll just hang out. Sound good? How are you feeling? How’s your side? Do you need more bandages after showering? I can call Johnny up, probably swing by his office and get some more or see if he can come by on his lunch and take a look at you? Maybe bring some more morphine?”
“I don’t need any more bandages,” Jungwoo shook his hand, lifting the sweatshirt to allow you to see how he’s healed so far. There was still a considerable amount of bruising, but the skin had entirely mended itself, no evidence of a scab, only a dark, puffy scar.
“Does it still hurt?” You asked with a sympathetic grimace. “I know you said you take longer to heal internally than on the outside. I can probably convince him to bring some more morphine for you. I don’t know what your metabolism is like compared to ours, or even how much he gave you last time. I mean, are you in pain?”
“It is painful,” he admitted, dropping his shirt again. “But I don’t—I’ll be fine.”
“Jungwoo, if it hurts—”
“Not that bad.”
You felt a bit mean for this, but you reached out to poke his side, and he immediately let out a yelp, covering his wound and ducking away from you.
“What did you do that for?” He asked you, jaw dropped.
“You liar,” you scoffed, bringing your phone out. “I’m texting Johnny.”
“He will administer it the same way as last time, won’t he?” Jungwoo questioned quietly, stopping your typing.
You put your phone down. “Probably, yeah. He’s not… used to letting people drink that stuff.”
“Then I will be fine without it.”
“Even if I hold your hand again? You can’t do another one?” You asked. “I’ll talk to you, you can squeeze my hand like a stress ball—or we’ll get you a real stress ball, whatever you want.”
He was silent, and you let out a sigh.
“Jungwoo, I don’t like seeing you hurt, you know,” you shook your head, cutting off a piece of your pancakes with the side of your fork, lifting it to your mouth. “But it’s up to you, I’m not going to hold you down and make him stick you or anything.”
With a flash of iridophores, Jungwoo’s head turned, and his eyes were focused back on you, his hands wringing together. “I’ll do it.”
Your jaw stopped mid-bite. “Wait, seriously?”
“Yes. If Johnny agrees. I get the impression he doesn’t like me very much…”
“No, no, he likes you just fine, I promise!” You reassured him, reaching forward to pat his knee. “I just stress him out, that’s all. I’ll text him right now, okay? We’ll get you feeling better in no time!”
“Can’t believe he’s making us come to him,” you grumbled, pushing your way through the sidewalks with Jungwoo’s arm around your shoulders. “You literally have bruised ribs and fell from the fucking sky last night.”
“I don’t mind,” Jungwoo tried to be diplomatic, even as he held his side with his free hand. “He’s doing me a favor.”
“He’s being an asshole.” You tried to match Jungwoo’s slow, hobbling pace. “Making you come all the way across the city in pain. Risking you being out in public. Goddamn asshole.”
“I don’t mind,” your companion repeated, looking up past the visor of the baseball cap you’d put on him to conceal his glinting iridophore flecks as best as possible. “I haven’t seen much of Earth. Your sky is beautiful. Is it always blue?”
“During the day, yeah, usually. What color is Galaria’s?”
“A bright violet.” He was leaning more of his weight on you, and you stepped into the alcove of a shop door to rest for a moment. The crowd continued hurrying by you as you leaned against the wall and Jungwoo leaned against you.
“Purple sky?” You repeated, staring up at the crystalline blue expanse above you and trying to picture it.
“Yes, most of the time.”
“That sounds really gorgeous.”
“I suppose it is.”
You looked over at him curiously. “You don’t think so?”
“Well, I suppose I’m just so used to it… I don’t know,” he shrugged, looking back to the clear aqua sky above you. “I quite like your blue sky.”
“I think I’d like to see your purple sky someday,” you hummed thoughtfully.
“Really?”
“Yeah, as long as you could bring me back,” you shrugged. “Always wanted to travel.”
Jungwoo blinked down at you, and you shook your head with a chuckle.
“Sorry, that probably sounded like I was asking to run away with you or something. And you’re like, in a bunch of pain,” you laughed at yourself. “I should stop blabbing and get you to the man with the morphine. You ready to keep going?”
“Yes, absolutely.”
At Johnny’s animal clinic, you had to stay in the waiting room while he finished up with a patient. After he handed the dog back to its owner, and dismissed the front desk attendee for their lunch break, he finally gestured the two of you back. You helped Jungwoo up from his seat, wrapping his arm back around you so you could slowly follow your friend into the back. Johnny held the door open for you all as he led the way into the exam room. You could tell the morphine had been wearing off faster and faster, even though Jungwoo hadn’t said anything. He had been favoring his side more and more, and vocalizing noises of pain more frequently as the day wore on.
“How is it?” Johnny was nice enough to ask as you helped Jungwoo half-sit and half-lean on the exam table. You’d seen some pretty big animals on this thing, you were pretty sure it could handle him.
“Fine,” Jungwoo hissed.
“He’s not bleeding on the outside anymore, but everything’s still pretty banged up internally,” you answered honestly, shooting Jungwoo a pointed look. “Do you think you could like x-ray him while we’re here? See if anything’s broken?”
Johnny stopped where he had been getting supplies from some drawers. “Would x-rays kill him?”
“I mean, you traveled through space, right? Isn’t there a bunch of radiation there?” You asked Jungwoo hopefully. “Johnny can take some pictures of you with x-rays, right?”
“Yes, that will be fine,” Jungwoo nodded minutely.
And so Johnny moved around his portable x-ray machine to take a few images of Jungwoo’s side where the pain was most concentrated. You had to stand outside the room while it was being done, but as soon as Johnny gave you the thumbs-up, you rushed back in, helping Jungwoo sit back up. Johnny took the lead vest back off, leaving him in his white coat again as he went back over to the imaging machine.
“Okay, here we go,” Johnny muttered, clicking a few things on the computer to pull up the images. “Remember, I’m not a human doctor, and definitely not an alien doctor.”
“We know, Johnny,” you retorted.
The first image came up, and you yourself weren’t any kind of doctor, but that definitely didn’t look right. A dark line going right down what you assumed to be a rib, splitting it all the way through. “Yep, your rib’s broken,” Johnny declared, pointing to the severance.
Jungwoo’s brow furrowed with concern. “It shouldn’t—”
“Yeah, no shit. Remember, dude, you fell out of the sky twelve hours ago, I’m surprised you’re alive.”
“No, I should be more healed than that.”
“You said that the lack of hydrogen in the atmosphere was making it so your body couldn’t produce as much natural painkillers, remember? Maybe something is making you heal a bit slower, too,” you suggested reassuringly. “I’m sure you’ll be fine, it’ll just be a little longer.”
“That’s probably it,” Johnny agreed. “Are you eating enough? I know Y/N only has that vegan crap at her house, you probably need a real meal—”
“His whole planet is vegetarian, you dick.” You flipped him off. “You’d probably kill him if you gave him a steak.”
“Alright, damn,” he held his hands up with a laugh. “Let me just shoot him up with morphine and you two can get out of here, huh? I’ll do a double dose from last time.”
“I need to be able to get him home, John,” you said frankly.
“I’ll drive you.”
“Alright,” you nodded, then looked to the alien. “Sound good Jungwoo? Twice as much as last time? So hopefully it’ll last a bit longer?”
He nodded, his eyes fixated on Johnny as the human had gone back to getting the supplies for the injection. You grabbed his hand without prompting, flashing him a bright smile as you tried to come up with something to talk about to distract him. “So, how else are Earth and Galaria different?” You asked him. “The skies are different colors, we know that. What about the oceans? Do you guys have oceans?”
“Yes, we do.”
“Ours are blue, for the most part. Or, a blue-green.”
“We have—oh,” he wrinkled his nose, but didn’t look away from you. “Pink seas.”
“I think we have a pink sea too, somewhere!” You perked up. “I’d have to look it up, but I’m pretty sure somewhere has pink water. It might be a lake, actually, not a proper sea. Don’t quote me on it…”
Jungwoo smiled at that. “I won’t hold you to it, then.”
“What about like, glaciers? Do you have those? Really big floating chunks of ice in the ocean?”
“Galaria is mostly frozen tundra…”
“Damn, really?! How cold is it there? Wait, there’s like, no way we use anywhere near the same units of measurement for temperature. Your transcoder probably couldn’t help with that, huh?”
“No, we presumably don’t use the temperature scale.”
“All done,” Johnny announced, scooting his chair back and disposing of his needle and gloves. “I’ll take you two home now.”
“Thanks, Johnny.” You smiled up at him, helping Jungwoo up. “How are you feeling, Jungwoo?”
The Galarii took a couple slow blinks. “Mm… starting to feel better…”
“You said morphine doesn’t make you high, does it make you tired?” You questioned, following Johnny out towards the back where his car was parked in the alley.
“Not usually… but my body hasn’t been doing what it’s supposed to be doing the whole time I’ve been here…” he said slowly, narrowly missing hitting his head on the roof as you helped him into the backseat. You scooted in after him, encouraging him to lean against you after you’d buckled him up.
Johnny took off quickly through the streets, occasionally watching the two of you in the rearview mirror. Outside your apartment building, he helped you unload a half-awake Jungwoo, the alien rousing himself just enough to climb the stairs. Giving your friend a final thank-you and goodbye at the entrance to your apartment, you tugged Jungwoo back into your home, guiding him once again back to your bed.
“Come on, time for a nap,” you sighed, encouraging him to lay down. “You need to rest up, dude.”
“Y/N?” He murmured, grabbing your forearm as you went to walk away to leave him in peace.
“Yes?” You stopped, looking down at him attentively. “Do you need something, Jungwoo? Water? Food?”
“Will you just… sit with me? And talk to me? Until I go to sleep?” He requested. “I… find your company soothing.”
“Oh.” You shifted your weight uncertainly between your feet, but acquiesced nevertheless, scooting onto the corner of the mattress near his head. “Sure, Jungwoo. Here, I’ll look up those pink oceans I was talking about, see if I was right.”
And so you read some Wikipedia articles to Jungwoo about various pink lakes and beaches until his eyes fluttered shut, his breathing evened out, and you were more than certain that he was asleep. But even after you were sure he was fast asleep, and you stopped reading the article aloud, you stayed right there, silently scrolling on your phone and occasionally looking from your screen over to his face. Because for some reason that you couldn’t put your finger on, you sort of found his presence calming, too.
When it seemed as though Jungwoo was stirring, you quickly got up from your spot and scurried from the room, feeling a bit weird about sitting and watching him sleep the whole time. You had a feeling that he wouldn’t have minded, but you didn’t want it to be a fact known to anybody but you that you had done that. Truly, you didn’t even want to really admit it to yourself, either. And so, when Jungwoo finally wandered out of your bedroom some hours later, rubbing the sleep out of his eyes, he found you tucked into the corner of your couch, in the middle of an episode of a TV show, as if you had been doing that the whole time.
“Hey, sleepyhead,” you greeted him nonchalantly, pausing the episode. “How’d you sleep?”
“Mm, well,” his reply was punctuated by a yawn.
“And how are you feeling?”
“I’m still feeling the painkiller effect, but I am no longer tired.”
“So, do you think you’ll be up for checking out your ship tonight?” You checked the time on your phone. “We can probably eat dinner then head out after.”
“Yes, I would very much like to see it.”
“Cool, let’s do it.”
After eating another modest meal prepared by you, you and Jungwoo headed out. The streets weren’t as busy at night, and with Jungwoo moving fully of his own power again, the two of you were able to make your way through them much quicker. The intel you got from Doyoung was good, the entire expanse of beach was roped off with police tape, and one officer was stationed on either side of the shoreline. Because of how far the fire had spread through the trees, the officers were pretty far from where you remembered the ship being. Getting in and out would be the tricky part, but once you were in, you were certain they would be none the wiser that somebody was there.
Jungwoo followed you silently, and you finally found what you were looking for. The old public access to the beach. When you were little, everyone used to have to take a steep staircase that started right off the highway. After a particular heavy rainy season that brought rockslides from the mountain up above, it was deemed entirely unusable by the city, all markers for it taken away, left in disrepair, and a new, much safer one was made further down the road. There was a ‘CAUTION: ROCKSLIDES’ sign nearby, which is how you knew you were in the right place. The best part was that it was right in the middle of the thicket of trees, meaning that as long as you were quick, you should be able to drop right in undetected.
All boardwalks and rope that had been spared by rockslides and Mother Nature over the years were left untouched by the city government, and you were able to start the steep descent like normal. It was about a third of the way down that things started getting dicey, broken pieces of wood, large gaps that you had to step over, and several areas where you had to test the steadiness of rocks before putting your weight on it because there was no manmade material for you to step on at all. When you and Jungwoo got to the place where the path would’ve diverted to the beach instead of dropping you right into the trees, you bit your bottom lip and resisted cursing aloud. It was a steep drop from where you were. It was too dark for you to see where the ground was, but instinct and memory told you it was too steep for you to just jump down. Looking around desperately, you realized there was a much shallower incline further down the trail, but it was close to where one of the officers was patrolling. You were already too near him for your liking.
A distant voice humming got closer and closer, and you held your breath and held your position, keeping your eyes peeled in the direction of the noise for any sign of movement through the trees. You never did see the police officer, but eventually the humming got further away again, until you stopped hearing it, and you made a break for the shallow area, sliding down the mostly sandy, occasionally rocky hill on your butt. You heard the sounds of Jungwoo hurrying after you, but didn’t look behind you until you were sure you two were well concealed in the trees again. Glancing up at him, you saw his chest heaving, and motioned for him to keep quiet as you listened to the officer run back over towards the road end of his side.
The crackle of a walkie-talkie, then a distant voice. “Hey, I think I heard something. You hear anything?”
After a second, his buddy responded, his voice slightly garbled through the walkie-talkie speaker. “Yeah, you heard a rock fall down the mountain. Rockslide area. Been hearing them all night.”
“Damn, you’re right. Thanks.” And he was gone again.
You took off through the brush at a brisk pace, knowing that Jungwoo would be right behind you. The ship was easy to find, with the concentration of charred and blackened foliage getting greater and greater the closer you got to it. When you finally found it, the spaceship was mostly intact, which the size of the explosion from last night did not lead you to believe. Jungwoo let out a sigh of relief, and did a quick walk-around first. It was when you got to the tail that you saw why there had been such a huge fireball. Four huge canisters that must have housed something flammable were nothing more than metallic flowers now, the material burst open and curling over on itself from the force of the explosion.
“The reactors…” Jungwoo breathed out.
You chewed on your bottom lip, asking quietly, “Is it fixable?”
“I don’t want to say anything until I see the inside.”
You followed him around to the side, where he pressed a button that you had missed last night on account of it being entirely smooth and looking like nothing more than a random dot. A set of hand and foot rails emerged seamlessly from the surface of the hull for you to climb up with. Once the two of you were up at the cockpit, Jungwoo pressed another button up there, and the ladder seemed to melt back into the metal of the ship once again. The glass was still propped open, making it very easy for you to hop down into the ship. Whatever red flashing warning lights that were going off before had deactivated, leaving it in pitch black, and you immediately brought out your phone to turn the flashlight on.
“Ah, thank you,” Jungwoo said as you pointed it at wherever he looked.
“I told you, I’m your flashlight girl,” you grinned.
As he looked over many different panels and controls in the cockpit, you drank in every detail with fascination. While the button on the outside of the ship had functioned seemingly almost like a touchscreen, the ones in here looked analog at least, though you couldn’t figure out for the life of you what a single one was for. You kept your hands to yourself. Jungwoo finally pressed a button, and a screen lit up, one that quaintly reminded you of computers from the nineties in its size and resolution. As he navigated through the program, you watched with interest. He sat down in one of the two chairs, and indicated to the other one for you. You eagerly sat. It was remarkably comfy.
“You seem to be very close to Johnny,” he commented abruptly, spamming one button in particular with a bit of frustration.
“We’re all really close.” You nodded, and the program finally loaded the next screen. “But yeah, I guess John and I are a bit different. Our parents are all friends, so we’ve been friends since we were little. He’s had to deal with my bullshit for our whole lives. We even call each other’s parents Aunt and Uncle, that kind of thing.”
“He is… similar to your cousin?”
“Sort of? I don’t know, he was kind of like a built-in older brother.” A sheepish smile tugged at the corner of your mouth as you reminisced in childhood memories. “People in our neighborhood and at school did actually think we were cousins. He’s a few years older than me, and I was a bit of a troublemaker. I remember he’d pull me away from getting into fights with kids way bigger than me, or when I’d talk back to teachers, the head teacher always brought the both of us in for a scolding. Something about how he should be keeping his younger cousin in check, too. Poor guy. He took it like a champ. We came to an agreement that he wouldn’t tell my parents if I stopped getting in trouble so much.”
“You’re not so unruly anymore.”
“Oh, I’ve still got a bit of a rebellious streak,” you chuckled. “Johnny always says I’m going to make him go grey. I mean, you and I are literally on a crime scene right now. And I pulled an alien out of a spaceship that was about to explode last night.”
“I suppose that’s true…” Jungwoo trailed off, brow furrowing as what looked like a schematic of some sort came up on the screen. “Hm.”
“Something wrong?”
“Mixed results.”
“What?”
“There are some bad things and some good things.”
“Tell me the bad stuff first.”
“What?”
“When somebody says ‘I’ve got good news, and I’ve got bad news,’ they’re supposed to let you pick if you want to hear the good news or the bad news first,” you explained the small colloquialism. “I want the bad news first, so we can end on the good stuff.”
“I see…” he hummed, clicking a few more things. “The bad news is… I will need to reconstruct the reactors and make other minor repairs.”
“And how long will that take?”
“I do not know Earth measurements of time.”
“You’ve been on Earth for one day now. How many of those do you think it’ll take?”
He took a moment to think about this, then eventually answered, “Twenty to thirty? Maybe more, maybe less, I’m unsure, I was asleep for much of the ‘day’ that I experienced.”
You nodded. “Okay. And the good news?”
“There was no serious structural damage to the hull or critical systems of the ship. Once I reconstruct the reactors and make those repairs, I will be able to leave.”
“That’s great news, Jungwoo!” You beamed, holding up a hand for him. He uncertainly put his palm against yours and laced your fingers together, eyes flicking around the ship nervously. You burst into laughter. “I wasn’t trying to hold your hand again, sorry. It’s a high-five. It’s celebratory, friendly.”
“Ah. My apologies. How do you do that, then?” He took his hand back from yours.
“I put my hand up for you, and you hit your palm to mine pretty hard. You’re trying to make a—” you clapped your own two hands together “—sound.”
“I think I understand.”
“Okay, take two.” You held your hand up, and he gingerly tapped his hand to yours. Once again, you couldn’t help but giggle fondly. “Yeah, pretty much. A for effort,” you declared. “So, anything else you need to do right now? Or is that it for tonight?”
“I wish I could begin working right now, however I will need lots of materials for the reactors.”
“Let’s get out of here, we can talk about what kind of stuff you need and where to get it on the way home.”
“So is your brother older or younger?” You asked as you and Jungwoo took a more leisurely pace back to your apartment.
“I’m sorry?” Jungwoo tilted his head, as if he hadn’t heard you, which was weird, considering he was already looking at you when you turned to ask him that.
“Your brother whose ship you took. Is he older than you or younger?”
“I… don’t know.” He frowned thoughtfully.
You balked. “You don’t know?”
“No. It’s not something we’re told on Galaria.”
“But—” You laughed out of habit as your brain tried to process this information. “What? Why?”
“It’s not important.”
“I mean, I guess not. But like, it is!”
“Why?”
“I mean, some cultures here have entire systems of honorifics that you call people based on your age relative to theirs. But just—” You were still staring at him. “Don’t you know how old your brother is?”
“I know his birthday.”
“But not how old he is?”
“I… suppose not.” He shrugged. “That’s all kept somewhere.”
“I’m sorry, it’s just difficult for me to wrap my head around. You’re not allowed to know your brother’s age—”
“I’m allowed to know,” he corrected you. “If we were to learn somehow now, it would be fine. There’s no punishment for it. But it’s just not something that we grow up knowing. Nobody is referred to as the older or younger.”
“Do you remember your brother being born?”
“No.”
“Was he in a higher grade than you in school?”
“School is based on ability, not age.” It was his turn to look at you with bewilderment. “You move up in levels as your learning progresses, not your physical body. Is that how it works here?”
“We keep kids who are the same age together, yeah.”
“Fascinating.”
“What about siblings that have big age gaps? Where you can totally tell who’s older and who’s younger?” You asked. “Or step-siblings? Like, you already knew their age and then your parents got together?”
“Again, it’s not forbidden to know a sibling’s age,” Jungwoo reiterated. “It’s just not… important.”
“So if your brother is a controversial politician… What are you?” It felt like you could ask him questions forever and never run out. “You never did tell me that earlier.”
“My profession?”
“Yeah. What do you for work?”
“Specialized cargo transport.”
“Uh…” You blinked up at him. “You know that sounds really shady, right?”
“When people need things transported across galaxies, typically under time constraints, or with specific instructions, they come to me.” He tried to explain it further.
“What kind of stuff have you transported, then?”
“Anything from fuel, to an engagement comb, to produce from someone’s home planet that they were missing after moving elsewhere,” he shrugged.
“So you’re like an intergalactic DHL driver,” you laughed. “Sounds fun, I guess. You’ve been to a lot of places, then?”
“Yes, many different planets and cities and galaxies.”
“And this is your first time on Earth?”
“I haven’t had a reason to come to this solar system before. Your planet isn’t exactly involved in intergalactic trade. So, I might not have another chance to visit.”
“Nobody’s requesting any black market Earth commodities?”
“I guess… we don’t really know what’s here. Nobody’s ever put in the effort to find out, I suppose.”
You couldn’t help but laugh again. “We’re just not interesting enough, huh? Can’t even make it on the niche alien knickknack market.”
Jungwoo smiled a little. “That tends to be a good thing, in my experience.”
The two of you were walking through a night market at that point, and you perked up as you saw a particular stall. Your dinner earlier hadn’t included a dessert for Jungwoo. You stopped him, pointing to the ice cream stand. “Ooh, hey, you want something sweet?”
“Sweet…?” He peered over the crowd to try to see what they were serving.
“Yeah, dessert. Ice cream. Want some? They’ve got toppings too.” You pulled him into the line as you talked. “You can get sprinkles and candy, or even entire brownies as toppings. And they’ve got some really good flavors.”
“Which flavor do you like?”
“Peanut butter cup and green tea are my two favorites. But you can only get one flavor at a time here,” you sighed wistfully, getting on your tiptoes to look at their options again. “I think I’m going to do green tea today…”
With your own green tea cone and Jungwoo’s peanut butter cup selection in hand, the two of you started back down the streets together. You watched with interest as Jungwoo took his first tentative lick off the scoop, his face lighting up with delight.
“It’s good!” He declared happily. “We have something similar... on Galaria.”
“If your planet is mostly frozen tundra...” you paused to eat some of your own ice cream. “Is most of your food hot or cold?”
He seemed to contemplate this for a moment. “I don’t know...”
“It’s okay, Jungwoo,” you laughed at how hard he seemed to be thinking about it. “I wouldn’t be able to answer that about Earth food. It wasn’t a very fair question, I think.”
“Still, I feel bad that I can’t answer your question.”
“It’s fine, really,” you promised, squeezing his arm. “It’s not going to keep me up at night.”
The next day, after another injection from Johnny on the vet’s way into work, you took Jungwoo to Yuta’s garage. There was no way you would be of any serious help when it came to furnishing him with parts for his ship, nor did you really want him just walking into your local hardware store asking for alien spaceship parts. Today seemed to be a slow day, as only one of Yuta’s coworkers was there, firmly wedged under a car on the other side of the garage, loudly playing music from a speaker, so you weren’t worried about him eavesdropping on your conversation so long as you kept your voices low. Jungwoo and Yuta had a slightly rocky start, obviously using different terminology, but eventually got on the same page, leaving you in the dust as they started going over various specifications and parts. You zoned out, taking over Yuta's chair and kicking up your feet on his workbench as you let their words go in one ear and out the other.
“Hey,” Yuta’s hand came down on your head, catching your attention again.
You craned your neck back to look up at him. “Yeah?”
“I’ve given him everything I had in stock, there’s a few things you guys will have to pick up at a shop,” he explained, and you turned around to see Jungwoo loaded up with a duffel bag that he hadn’t walked in with. “I wrote everything out so you know how to ask for it in human.”
“Thanks, Yuta.” You stood up and got out your wallet. “How much do I owe you for the parts?”
“Don’t worry about it.”
“What? But—”
“Hey, we all want to help him get home.” He held his hands up, backing away from your money. “Just doing my part.”
You narrowed your eyes at him knowingly. “Uh-huh... very charitable... What’s the catch?”
“Well, I’m going on this date tomorrow, and—”
“Pass.”
“You didn’t even hear me out!”
“I’m assuming the girl wants to bring a friend, you’re trying to turn it into a double date,” you snorted. “The last time I went on a double date with you—”
“No, not you,” Yuta waved you off. “Jungwoo!”
“Excuse me?”
Your friend had already sidled up to the alien, throwing an arm around his shoulders. “What do you think? Date with an Earth girl? You’re only going to be here for so long...”
You rubbed your face in exasperation. “Yuta, you do remember that we don’t want people to find out that we have an alien here, right?”
“We can say he’s from out of town.”
“What is wrong with you?” You stared at him incredulously. “Just bring Johnny, or Jae, or any of your other ten million single human loser friends.”
“You’re not Jungwoo’s mom,” Yuta snorted.
“Well, no—”
“There we go, Jungwoo, do you want to go?” Yuta focused his question on Jungwoo instead.
Jungwoo’s eyes shifted nervously between you and Yuta. “Uhm, well...”
“Okay, I hate to be crude here, but keeping in mind how your successful dates usually look, Yuta,” you cut in again pointedly, “We can’t risk exposing what Jungwoo is. Doesn’t matter if we say he’s from out of town.”
Yuta raised an eyebrow at you. “Wow, Y/N, didn’t think you’d bring up the alien dick angle first.”
You groaned as your face burned. “You’re the worst. Why’d you have to say it?”
“Pretty sure you said it—”
“Will you drop it?!”
“I don’t want to go!” Jungwoo interjected loudly, stopping yours and Yuta’s bickering. “I don’t want to go. Uhm, thank you for the invitation, Yuta, really. But I’d rather not...”
Yuta shrugged. “Alright. I’m pretty sure Doyoung’s free.”
Your skin was still on fire as you left Yuta’s garage. He didn’t end up making you pay, despite neither of you fulfilling his need for a double-date partner. You were pretty sure the embarrassment of that conversation was payment enough in his mind. As you and Jungwoo headed for the nearest hardware store, you swallowed down some of your discomfort, unable to imagine how Jungwoo was feeling in that moment.
“I’m sorry about him, Jungwoo,” you sighed. “He shouldn’t have dragged you into all that.”
He looked down at you curiously. “Do you frequently feel the need to apologize for others’ behavior?”
You blinked at him, caught off-guard. “Uhm... What?”
“You apologized for Donghyuck and Mark being excited and a bit overzealous—in your opinion—when they met me. Now you’re apologizing for Yuta asking for a favor that was inappropriate—again, in your opinion. Do you do that a lot? Feel responsible for what your friends do or say to other people?”
“Well... I mean, no,” you stared down at the shopping list in your hand hard as you thought. “I guess... I’m embarrassed that they’re not behaving better around you.”
“You’re embarrassed of your friends?”
“No, I like them. I like my friends, or I wouldn’t be their friend.” You bit the inside of your cheek. “I mean... they’re not treating you like someone they just met. They’re treating you like they’ve known you for as long as they’ve known the rest of us. You’re supposed to ease into that stuff so you don’t scare people off.”
“That makes me happy,” Jungwoo declared, a soft smile on his face as he looked down at you.
“What? Why?”
“Both that your friends would want to be familiar with me and not treat me like an outsider, and that you’re afraid of their behavior making me uncomfortable,” he explained. “You don’t want me to leave. Of course that makes me happy.”
You felt your eyes widen as you looked up at him. “Well, I mean, I do want you to leave, eventually. Obviously, I want you to go home. But I mean, yeah, I want your time here to be nice, you know? I don’t want you to be back home on Galaria thinking about your time on Earth being bad.”
A strange look flickered across the spaceman’s face then, you could’ve almost sworn it was pained, before the same serene smile came back. “I think I’ll remember my time on Earth very fondly. Really.”
You looped your arm with his, trying to shake the memory of the odd look on his face from your mind, playfully bumping your shoulder into him. “Well then let’s get you off Earth so you can start looking back on it, hm?”
After getting your last few things at the hardware store, you had to wait for the sun to go down before heading back to the beach. The path down to the ship was even more treacherous now that the two of you were loaded up with supplies, but you finally made it there in one piece. Jungwoo didn’t stop in the cockpit this time, leading the way towards the back of the ship, through the narrow hallway. He pressed a button outside a doorway, then when nothing happened, pressed it again. Nothing. He banged his fist against it a couple of times, cursing under his breath.
“What’s in there?” You asked.
“It’s the crew quarters,” he sighed, running a hand through his hair. “There’s a desk in there. We’ll be a lot more cramped working in the cockpit, but apparently this circuitry got affected too.”
“But we can still do it, right?”
He nodded. “Yeah, yeah.”
You turned around to head back to the front of the ship. “Then let’s get started.”
Jungwoo seemed to be able to do much of the repairs on his own. You shone the flashlight on the work area, handed him tools and parts when requested, or held small pieces so they didn’t roll away from him. It was a bit cramped sitting on the floor of the cockpit behind the seats, it obviously wasn’t designed with this purpose in mind, and Jungwoo’s long limbs only made the space feel even smaller.
“Can you move the light here?” He requested, pointing to the side of the device that was facing him.
You scooted closer, trying to maneuver your phone around without blocking his vision with it. “How’s that?”
He shook his head. “I still can’t—”
“Hold on.” You scooted around behind him instead, pointing the flashlight from over his shoulder. “What about this?”
Jungwoo was quiet for a beat, and you peered around to try to look him in the eye.
“Jungwoo?”
“That’s perfect,” he answered, eyes focused down at object in his hands. “Is your arm getting tired?”
That was the first time you really noticed the ache in your limb from holding up your phone for so long. “Yeah, a little, I guess.”
“You can rest it on my shoulder, if you want.”
“Oh, thanks.” You lowered your arm until it was propped up by his shoulder, making sure you adjusted your grip on your phone to keep your light on the same place. “Light still good?”
“Yes, thank you.”
As he kept working, you quietly watched his deft fingers move over the pieces. “So how do you know how to do all this?”
“I fly a lot,” he answered, his attention held by the parts in his hands as he was trying to precisely line up two of them.
“Yeah, but I mean, I have a driver’s license and I couldn’t change a flat tire, gun to my head, much less fix up the whole car if I crashed it off the side of a mountain,” you scoffed.
“You’re allowed to pilot a vehicle that you’re unable to repair yourself?”
“We have mechanics and stuff for that. Are you saying you’re not allowed to get your spaceship pilot’s license or whatever on Galaria without knowing how to build one from scratch?”
“You’re required to have a certain engineering proficiency to get your solo pilot’s license, yes.”
“Ah, you have a specialty license, then.”
“Yes, I do. It’s a requirement in case you ever find yourself in circumstances like this.”
“Crash landed on an alien planet and stranded with a busted ship?”
“Yes.”
You noticed that he had paused his machinations as you were talking. “Sorry, am I distracting you?”
“No, this is all I can do tonight. The adhesive needs to cure for some time before I can continue working.” He carefully set the part down. “I should be able to resume tomorrow night, I believe.”
“Sounds good to me.” You yawned and stretched your arms over your head. “I’ve got work tomorrow anyway.”
“And what job do you do?” Jungwoo asked with intrigue as the two of you stood up.
“Reception at a law firm.” You could feel your nose habitually wrinkle with disdain.
“You don’t like it?” He immediately surmised.
Thankfully, the two of you were climbing out of the ship then, and had to stay silent through your trek up from the beach. You had time to think about how to answer his question as you climbed back up to the main roadway.
Finally, as the two of you started the walk down the shoulder of the highway, you let out a huff and said, “The work is fine, I guess. Except I hate being talked down to and belittled by people on the phone who think I’m stupid just because they’re attorneys and I’m not, or because I’m a woman, or I’m young, or because I’m just a receptionist or whatever. And I hate when they start yelling at me for no fucking reason, and I hate when people are in the office and start being fucking rude to me and I’m supposed to just sit there and take it. And I hate that in between all of that, it’s fucking boring. It constantly fluctuates between being so stressful and so goddamn boring I want to bang my head against a wall either way.”
“So... you don’t like it?” he asked again, head tilted with clear confusion on his features.
“It’s a job,” you replied flatly. “I need to eat. Do you like your job?”
“Yes, quite,” he replied quietly. After a pause, he questioned, “What sort of work do you want to do, then?”
“I wish I didn’t have to.” You let out a cynical chuckle, looking up at the sparse dotting of stars above you as the hum of the city streets started up around you again. “I mean, I’ve always wanted to see more of the world, just do more, learn more. And now that I know that aliens are real—” You looked over at Jungwoo wistfully. “I don’t think I’ll ever be happy behind a desk again. You know?”
Jungwoo met your eyes, his lips parted as he couldn’t seem to respond for a moment.
You shook your head at yourself, looking back down at your feet and the concrete below them. Forcing humor back into your tone, you apologized, “Sorry, sorry. Of course you don’t know, you’re criss-crossing galaxies all the time, huh? You’ve got enough problems of your own right now anyway, you don’t need mine too.”
A large hand grabbed yours, cool to the touch and surprisingly firm as it squeezed yours. You could feel the callouses on Jungwoo’s hand where his skin pressed against yours. Shifting your gaze from your shoes back up to the alien, you furrowed your brow curiously, but made no move to pull away.
“Please, give them to me,” he said. “And when I leave, you can imagine that I’m taking all your problems with me, to somewhere very far away from here.”
It was your turn to be speechless for a moment, and the only thing that kept you from skidding to a stop in the middle of the sidewalk was the sea of other pedestrians keeping your momentum moving forward. Your skin got hotter, and you wondered if Jungwoo could feel it where he was holding your hand.
In an instinctive bid to diffuse the tension that was currently squeezing all the air from your lungs, you gave his shoulder a friendly bump as you teased, “Alright, well here’s a new problem: That’s quite possibly the most romantic thing anybody’s ever said to me, and I’m 100% sure you didn’t even do that on purpose.”
“I—”
“And our next problem—” You plowed right past whatever Jungwoo was about to say, still fighting the prickle along your skin where you knew his eyes were. “Unfortunately, it’s not Bring Your Alien to Work Day tomorrow, so do you think you’ll be okay at my apartment by yourself all day? Or do you want me to see if some of the guys can keep you company?”
“While I don’t want to inconvenience anybody, if somebody has time, I wouldn’t mind seeing more of the city.”
“Sure, I’ll find someone.” You immediately took your phone out to text your top choice.
[you: are you busy tomorrow? i need someone to hang out with jungwoo while im at work]
[yonggie: i have a few errands to run and a few of us were talking abt seeing a movie in the afternoon. he’s welcome to tag along!]
[yonggie: unless the grocery store and stuff is going too be too boring?? i can do it another day and we can do something else!]
[you: i just feel bad keeping him cooped up in my apartment by himself all day. im sure he’ll have plenty of fun going grocery shopping with you. he’s never seen a human grocery store, after all]
[yonggie: sounds like a plan! let him know i’ll be by around 10ish!]
[you: thanks yonggie, i owe you]
“Taeyong is free tomorrow,” you announced to Jungwoo. “You haven’t really met him yet, but he was there when we found you. You don’t mind tagging along with him while he runs a few errands, do you? He’ll be going all around the city, I’m sure. Oh, and it sounded like some of the guys might be doing a movie later, too.”
“Thank you, Y/N,” Jungwoo smiled down at you. “For everything.”
You smiled and lightly elbowed him again. “Like I said, I want you to have good memories of Earth.”
A few more days passed by like that, with you finding various friends to leave Jungwoo with during the day while you went to your dreadfully boring job, then the two of you would eat dinner together before heading off to the beach to work on his spaceship until late. Tonight in particular, you didn’t have much to help with, as he was able to prop up a spare flashlight you’d gotten from the hardware store for illumination as he worked.
“When do you think we’ll be done tonight?” You asked, spinning the cockpit seat around as you unfocused your eyes, letting the colorful lights become hazy blurs and streaks in your vision.
“Soon,” he answered shortly as he usually did when he was focused. “Do you have something you need to do?”
“The guys are going out.” You read the texts on your phone as they streamed in. “They invited me and you, by the way.”
“Me?”
“Yeah, Jaehyun just got promoted to assistant professor, so we’re celebrating.” You stopped your spinning to watch him work again, but found that he had stalled his ministrations. “It’ll be at least two or three nightclubs; if you’re not up for that, that’s fine.”
“They invited me?” He repeated, brow furrowed as he had clearly not been expecting that.
You couldn’t help but laugh and pat the back of his head fondly. “Yeah, Jungwoo, they like you. It’s also definitely a bit of novelty, you know—‘Hey let’s see if we can get the alien shitfaced’—but I won’t let them mess with you.”
“Yes, I’d like to go with you.” He smiled, looking back down at the contraption in his hands. “It won’t be much longer.”
Knocking on the front door of a very familiar apartment, you bounced on your toes as you waited for one of the occupants to answer. It was Johnny who opened the door, eyes lingering on Jungwoo behind you before he went to give you a hug. “Hey, kid. How are you?”
“Good, good. How are you, John?” You patted his back them dropped back down onto flat feet.
“Same old, you know?” He grinned and shrugged, then finally addressed Jungwoo. “Hey, man. How’s your side?”
“Jae!” You called into the apartment, latching onto Jungwoo’s wrist and dragging him over to Jaehyun’s closed bedroom door. You banged on the door. “Jaehyun! Come on, it’s me, your favorite!”
The door opened a second later, Jaehyun looking at you stone-faced as he buttoned up his shirt. “You claim you’re everyone’s favorite.”
“I am! Aren’t I?” You grinned.
“Can’t a guy get dressed in his own apartment in peace? Bother Johnny.” He was about to close the door in your face when you stuck your foot in the way.
“Can Jungwoo borrow some clothes?” You requested sweetly, batting your eyelashes at him.
Jaehyun looked the alien up and down skeptically. “He’s already wearing my clothes.”
“He can’t go to the club in a sweatshirt and jeans!”
Your friend sighed and opened the door wider, jerking his head in a gesture for you two to come in.
“Thank you!” You squealed, pulling Jungwoo in with you.
Jaehyun sat on his bed as you started rifling through his closet for something for Jungwoo to wear. Pulling a couple shirts down first, you held them up to the spaceman, humming to yourself as you compared how they looked on them. You clicked your tongue and shook your head, putting one back and looking for another. With two new shirts, you held them up again, nodding in satisfaction. “Yeah, I like that a lot better.”
“He’s not a doll, Y/N,” Jaehyun snorted. “Go ahead, Jungwoo, you can tell her not to play dress-up with you.”
Jungwoo rubbed the back of his neck, the iridophores on his cheeks flashing as he shifted awkwardly in place. “I don’t mind it, really…”
“And that’s how I ended up as the first and only victim of Y/N’s Barber Shop when I was eight.” Johnny had joined the three of you, leaning in the bedroom doorway with his arms crossed over his chest.
“You say that like your hair didn’t grow back,” you scoffed. “I didn’t take your ear off or anything.”
“Just my dignity.”
“And who gave me the scissors?”
Johnny held his hands up in surrender, making his roommate laugh.
“Johnny’s always been a pushover when it comes to Y/N,” Jaehyun explained to Jungwoo, still chuckling. “Ever since they were kids.”
“Alright guys, listen up!” You called for their focus loudly. “This is going to be one of the most important questions I ask you in our entire lives.”
Johnny and Jaehyun gave you two very similar amused but attentive looks, while Jungwoo beheld you with absolutely rapt attention.
You held up the two shirts that you had narrowed your selection to for Jungwoo. “White lace or black silk?”
“He’s not wearing those jeans, is he?” Johnny cocked his head.
“God no,” you shook your head. “Or the sneakers. I’m thinking simple black pants and boots. His necklace will go good with both, right?” You pointed to the gold transcoder that rested below his collarbones.
“White.” Jaehyun pointed.
“Black.” Johnny shrugged.
“Helpful.” You glared at them. Turning to Jungwoo, you held up the tops. “What do you think? Do you even like them at all? These are just my favorites, you can pick something else if you want.”
“I like them,” Jungwoo reassured you, fingertips gently running over the front of one shirt, then the other. “Which is your favorite?”
“I think the black silk?” You appraised it again. “Yeah, I like the neckline, and I think the material will move really nice for a night out, you know?”
“That’s what I was thinking.”
You handed him that hanger and put the other back in the closet where you found it. Looking at the owner of the room, you prompted, “Jae, you’ll get him the right pants and stuff, right?”
“Sure,” he nodded and stood up, teasing glint in his eye. “It’s not like we’re meant to be celebrating my accomplishments tonight or anything. I’m just a butler, really.”
“Great, thanks!” You grinned back, traipsing out of the room with Johnny.
A few minutes later, Jaehyun joined the two of you in the living room, sitting down on the couch and pulling his shoes on. “So, anything new, Y/N?” He asked innocently.
“You mean, other than the alien living in my apartment?” You raised an eyebrow at him. “Not really, work’s the same.”
“You’re still at that shit place?” Johnny didn’t hide his distaste of your workplace.
“Yup.” You replied flatly.
“I thought you said you were looking for new jobs.”
“One, you said that. I didn’t agree to anything. Two, I am, the job market sucks right now, John.”
“Have you even interviewed anywhere? Submitted your résumé?”
“God, not this again…” Jaehyun groaned from his spot between you two on the couch.
“Not everybody can inherit a veterinary practice once their mentor retires and have their life made,” you snapped, turning to glare at Johnny pointedly.
“My life’s made? I’m still paying off my student loans, you know that, right?” He scoffed. “Not to mention how much free morphine I’ve been giving your buddy in there just the past few days.”
“I told you I’ll pay you back once he’s better, you said not to worry about it, and now you’re holding it over my head!” You said in disbelief. “God, this is just like you!”
“‘Just like me?’”
“Yes, you always nag me about shit like you think I can’t do anything, and insist on handling things for me instead of letting me do it, then just turn right around to use that as further proof that I can’t do anything on my own!” You were about to launch to your feet when Jaehyun caught your arm and urged you back into your seat.
“Woah, woah,” Jaehyun looked back and forth between you two. “Time out. You’re both right and you’re both wrong. Johnny, we get that you’re coming from a good place, but obviously Y/N feels patronized with the way you treat her. Y/N, Johnny has a lot going on too that you’re ignoring on purpose to make him seem like the bad guy, which also isn’t fair.”
Johnny pushed some of his hair out of his face as he stared ahead at the TV across the room, obviously refusing to meet your eyes now. You crossed your arms over your chest and flopped back against the cushions, not looking at either of them. You’ve never been great at apologizing first.
“You two aren’t making up before we go out, are you?” Jaehyun rubbed his face.
“No.” “Nope.”
Jaehyun’s bedroom door opened then, Jungwoo hesitantly stepping out, still fussing with the shirt. When he looked up, the searching look fell from his face as he obviously could sense the tension in the room, turning cautious instead.
“Is everything alright?” While his question was general, his eyes were focused on you when he asked.
“Yeah, Jungwoo!” You forced a cheery smile again, jumping to your feet as you appraised his outfit. “I love being right. It looks so handsome on you!”
“Ah, well…” He rubbed the back of his neck again as you walked around him, brushing off a spare piece of fluff from his back. “Thank you.”
“What do you guys think?” You asked the other two proudly, looping your arm with Jungwoo’s.
“Yeah, he looks—”
“Fine. Can we go now?” Johnny cut his roommate off, grabbing his keys and walking over to the door.
“Rude,” you muttered under your breath, but followed the other two with a roll of your eyes nevertheless.
“Congrats!” Everybody cheered in unison, clinking their glasses together.
“Thanks, guys,” Jaehyun beamed at you all, bringing his drink to his lips.
“So are you like tenure track now, or what?” Doyoung prompted him eagerly.
“Yes, I am,” he announced proudly. “I’m no longer instructional, I’m academic.”
All your friends let out a chorus of jesting but supportive ‘ooh’s at that, and you squeezed his arm from beside him. “Look at you, a real academic now. Knew that big head was good for something.”
“You little—” He went to tousle your hair. You let out an ‘eep!’ and jerked away from his hand, back into Jungwoo on your other side.
“Sorry!” You laughed through your apology to the alien, patting his arm as he hadn’t been knocked very far back at least. “You alright, Jungwoo?”
“Yes, I’m okay,” he reassured you with a fond smile.
“Now, are you absolutely sure you can have that?” You pointed to the drink that you had helped him order. After realizing that for some reason he immediately knew what morphine was, but his transcoder was failing on what alcohol was, you’d explained the drink—with some assistance from your friends and Google—to him to make sure it wasn’t going to kill him, but you noticed that he hadn’t yet actually taken a sip yet.
“Yes, yes.” He lifted the glass again.
“If morphine doesn’t get you high, I wonder if alcohol is even going to do anything to do you,” Johnny mused, slowly nursing his liquor.
“Take it slow, drink water, and even though we ate before we came, keep eating while we’re here, okay?” You told Jungwoo, shooting Johnny a glare over the spaceman’s shoulder.
He nodded, and with that, you grabbed your own drink, clinked it to his one more time, and drained half of it in one go. You watched his face carefully, both for any sign that he was in imminent danger, and in the vent that he was fine, if he liked the drink you’d picked. You’d chosen a cocktail on the sweeter side for him, a fruity, bubbly, unnaturally bright colored one that a couple of the guys had snickered at, which he either didn’t notice or didn’t care about. Jungwoo didn’t immediately go into anaphylactic shock, which you pocketed as a win. Just like when he tried Nutella for the first time, his eyes widened with delight before he went back in for more.
You couldn’t help but laugh and pat his head fondly. “Pace yourself,” you reminded him.
He set it down and smiled sheepishly. “Right. Thanks.”
Hyuck and Yuta had disappeared at some point, as they were now returning to your table with a round of shots for everybody. You shook your head, but picked yours up and knocked it back with everyone else. Jungwoo watched you, taking your lead. While the rest of you had various hisses and negative reactions to the tequila you were now realizing they had gotten you, Jungwoo seemed unaffected by the burn as he calmly set the shot glass down.
“Ugh, did you guys get motor oil or something?” Johnny pushed his glass away from him with distaste.
“Cheapest shit they had,” Yuta informed him smugly. “Afraid real motor oil tastes better than that.”
“I’m going to get us some waters,” you told Jungwoo before slipping off into the crowd.
You watched the bartender quickly fill up your two glasses with ice, then water. Right as he had pushed them over to you, you became aware of someone sidling up to you at the bar and grabbing your hip. You whipped around and jerked away to put distance between yourself and the newcomer, a complete stranger to you.
He chuckled at how he had startled you, stepping closer to you once again. “Woah, sorry, baby.”
“It’s fine,” you replied flatly, reaching for your waters to turn to leave.
“Hey, I did want to talk to you.”
“No thanks.”
“You don’t even know me.”
“I don’t want to.” You didn’t like that he had started shifting in front of you, putting himself between you and the rest of the club, blocking you against the bar.
“Y/N!” A familiar voice called your name as a taller figure pushed past the stranger, securing your arm in his hand. Johnny fixed the man with a hard stare before looking at you again, “There you are. Come on, we’re toasting Jaehyun again.”
“Right,” you smiled up at your friend, letting him half-pull you away from the bar. The other man didn’t say a word, letting you go as he disappeared into the crowd as well.
Halfway back to your table, you reluctantly mumbled a sharp ‘thanks’ to Johnny’s back. He must’ve heard you somehow over the thumping music, as he looked back over his shoulder at you, his eyes softening for just a moment as he nodded once, before continuing to clear a path for the two of you back to your other friends.
You wormed your way back into your spot between Jungwoo and Jaehyun, pushing Jungwoo’s glass against his arm. “Here.”
“Thank you.” His eyes didn’t leave you, seemingly scanning you over with worry. “Are you alright?”
“Huh? Yeah, fine.” You shook your head to clear away the memory.
“I’m sorry, I realized that man was making you uncomfortable, but I wasn't sure what to do. Johnny told me to stay here while he went over.”
“Oh, that’s okay, Jungwoo.” You assured him. “We can't have you getting punched defending me and bleed blue all over the place. Thanks for keeping an eye on me and telling Johnny, though.”
“But—”
“Hey, you know what?” You flashed him a smile, already starting to feel warm and airy from the alcohol. “I want to dance. How about you come with? Creepy guys should stay away if I’m already with someone.”
“Sure,” he nodded for you to lead the way.
You grabbed his hand and pulled him away from the table and into the outer edge of the dance floor. Putting your hands on his shoulders, you tilted your head, “Is this okay?”
“Yeah, should I…?”
You took his hands that were uncertainly hovering in the air and put them on your hips before returning your own to his shoulders. “There. Also, sorry.”
“For what?”
As soon as his question was out of his mouth, you inadvertently stepped on his foot, a sheepish smile flashing across your face. “I’m not a very good dancer,” you admitted. “Sorry.”
He chuckled. “That’s okay.”
“Hey, you’re pretty good,” you laughed as he kept up with the rhythm and also kept you from being a general hazard.
“Thank you.”
“Do you have places like this where you’re from?” You were careful not to say anything out of the ordinary to hint that ‘where he was from’ was actually outer space.
“Residents from elsewhere have brought similar nightclubs to our larger cities,” he informed you. “I’ve visited a few.”
“You a party boy?” You grinned.
“I’m not sure about that,” he was smiling as well. “But I’m enjoying myself with you, Y/N. Thank you.”
“I’m having fun too, Jungwoo,” you replied sincerely. Your toe caught on his shoe then, and you squeaked as you stumbled forward towards him, wrapping your arms around his neck to catch yourself from completely face-planting into his collarbone. His hands on your waist steadied you, and you smiled up at him sheepishly. “Sorry. Thanks.”
“You’re not usually this clumsy.”
“I’m a bit tipsy,” you whispered loudly. “Alcohol and motor function… not good.”
“Ah, I see.”
“Can I stay right here?” You requested sweetly, watching his patches of iridescent freckles flash and sparkle in the lights that pulsed across the dance floor. “You’re surprisingly sturdy, and your irido-irido—you know—are so pretty…”
“Of course,” Jungwoo readjusted to hold you more securely. “Do you want to sit down?”
“No.” You shook your head, starting to sway in his arms to the music. “I like this song.”
A warm puff of air washed over your ear as he chuckled. “I like it too.”
Sometime later in the night, you were sat in a booth at a different nightclub, slowly draining a water that Doyoung had pushed in front of you. Your other friends were somewhere in the club, only Jungwoo next to you. His cheeks were a little pink, but that could easily be from the body heat, as you were pretty sure you hadn’t seen him drink anything but water since your first stop of the night.
“Hey, Jungwoo?” You looked over at him with your cheek in your palm, supported by your elbow on the table.
“Yes?” He met your gaze without hesitation.
“Do—” You were cut off by a hiccup. “Do you think you’ll remember me? After you leave, once it’s been a while?”
“What?” He blinked at you, face turning oddly stern as he placed his hand over yours on the table. “Yes, Y/N. I don’t think I could ever forget you.”
“Oh. Do Galarii have photographic memory or something?”
“No.”
“But…” Another hiccup. “Don’t you go to all these places and meet so many people and do all sorts of stuff all the time? Like, of course I’m gonna remember the one alien I ever met, but why would you—”
Jungwoo turned to hold your hand with both of his. “Do you really think that you’re so insignificant? Or that I’m so… indifferent?”
“No, Jungwoo, I just—” You took your hand back to brush your fingertips over his iridophores under one eye. “I guess it’s kinda like how you don’t think these are anything special.”
“Y/N, if you remember only one thing from meeting me, please…” He shifted forward slightly, nothing but sincerity on his features. “No matter where I’ve gone, I’ve never met anyone who wasn’t special. Including you.”
You felt your bottom lip quiver, and regretted that last shot you let Yuta and Donghyuck talk you into. As soon as you blinked, the tears fell, rolling quickly down your cheeks. You buried your face in Jungwoo’s shoulder, grabbing a fistful of the silk material of his shirt.
“I’m… sorry?” He said quietly, gingerly patting your back.
“She crying?” Johnny’s voice came from behind you.
“Yes, I didn’t mean to—”
“It’s fine, she’s an emotional drunk after she’s partied herself out,” Johnny reassured the alien. A gentle hand landed on your head. “Hey, Y/N, time to go home.”
“That’s my shirt!” Jaehyun said indignantly, having also returned to your booth.
“I’ll clean it before I return it,” Jungwoo promised.
“Y/N,” Johnny called for you again in a sing-songy tone. “Come on, let’s go home.”
You lifted your head enough to sloppily wipe at your face, Jungwoo helping to push some hair back. Squinting at Johnny, you asked, “You’re taking me home?”
“Yeah, I’m taking you home,” he confirmed.
“But I thought you were mad at me?”
“I’m never that mad, kid, promise.”
“Do you need help, Johnny?” Jaehyun offered, then looked at Jungwoo. “Or are you going now too?”
“I’m going back with her,” Jungwoo immediately replied.
Johnny helped you scoot out of the booth, and on uneasy feet, you threw your arms around Jaehyun to give him one final congrats. Johnny took you back from your professor friend to half-guide, half-carry you out of the nightclub, Jungwoo following behind. Out front, Johnny cursed under his breath as he looked around.
“Jungwoo.” He waved the alien over. “Stay with her while I bring the car around, will you?”
“Of course.” Jungwoo immediately took your arm from Johnny’s grasp, steadying you as you swayed in place. Johnny gave the two of you one last uncertain look before taking off around the corner. You stepped closer to Jungwoo, leaning your weight against him as you let out a heavy sigh.
“I’m sorry about him…” You said. “He should be nicer to you.”
“It’s okay,” Jungwoo responded, shifting to support you with an arm around your waist as your knees buckled for a moment. “He’s concerned for you, which I’m glad for.”
“I wish he’d stop treating me like a kid, though,” you huffed. “He literally calls me ‘kid.’”
“Is this why you were so curious that I didn’t know if my brother was older or younger?”
“Does he treat you like a grown-up?”
“He had some concerns with my career path at first,” he informed you, some amusement in his tone. “But I also worry for his safety.”
“I worry about Johnny,” you insisted. “I just… don’t make him feel stupid for it when I do.”
Johnny’s car stopped in front of you two then, and Jungwoo helped you into the backseat. He gently brushed your hands away so he could do your seatbelt for you—which took a few attempts, admittedly—and let you rest your head on his shoulder for the entire ride back to your apartment.
After a lot of insisting, you finally got Johnny to leave your home. You were tucked into bed in your pajamas with a glass of water, and heard Jungwoo eventually close the front door behind Johnny.
“Jungwoo!” You called for the alien loudly, not really caring about the time or your neighbors.
“Yes?” His head immediately poked into your room, eyes focused on you attentively.
“C’mere.” You patted the empty space next to you. He walked over to sit down, but as soon as he had, you shooed him away, “Wait, no! You should get into your pajamas too.”
“Alright. One moment.” He nodded and smiled softly. A few minutes later, Jungwoo emerged from the bathroom no longer in Jaehyun’s nice clothes but in Jaehyun’s sweatpants and t-shirt. He sat down cross-legged on top of the covers. “Better?”
“I’m tired,” you rolled over onto your side towards him.
“I’ll let you rest, then.” He moved to get off the bed, but you grabbed his arm and stopped him.
“Wait.” You yawned. “Can you stay for a bit?”
“As long as you wish.” He acquiesced easily.
“Can you…” Another yawn. “Can you tell me some more about Galaria?”
He shifted the arm that you had grasped to hold your hand instead. “Sure. If you’ll close your eyes.”
“You’re trying to make me go to sleep.”
“Hmm, maybe,” he hummed.
You snickered, but let your eyelids flutter shut anyway. “Hey, Jungwoo?”
“Yes?”
“I’m really gonna miss you once you go.” You squeezed his hand as you shifted around to get comfortable under your covers.
There was a stretch of silence so long that you were almost tempted to open your eyes again, but before you could, he squeezed your hand back and spoke again, voice sounding slightly strained, “I’ll miss you too, Y/N. A lot.” He cleared his throat, then continued, “So, Galaria…”
In the morning, you groaned before you even had a single human thought. You instinctually rolled away from your window, where the faintest halo of light was coming in from around your curtains, burying your face into your pillow. And then your stomach lurched. Heaving yourself to your feet with some speed, you hurried into your bathroom, not even bothering with the light before kneeling at the toilet. Thankfully, nothing came back up, and after a few minutes, you got back to steady-ish feet. Looking back at your dim bedroom, you saw it devoid of anybody else, which you were mildly surprised about. You faintly remembered going to sleep with Jungwoo sitting next to you. He had no clue about human customs, for all you knew, Galarii wouldn’t have thought it strange to share a bed. You knocked back something for your stomach and the pounding in your head before treading out towards the living room. You were going to feel a little uneasy until you put eyes on your alien houseguest.
He was sitting upright on the couch, and stood up as soon as he saw you walking out, a relieved smile on his features. “Ah, you’re awake. How are you feeling? Johnny said I should make you breakfast—”
“That’s alright, Jungwoo, I’m not very hungry right now,” you admitted. “Maybe later. How are you? Anything from the alcohol?”
“I’m fine.” He frowned. “Are you okay?”
“Honestly, I’m not feeling well, Jungwoo.” You touched your forehead, giving him an apologetic smile. “I think I’m going to lay down for a bit. Will you be good out here?”
He looked at you anxiously. “What’s wrong?”
“Just a headache. I’ll be fine,” you reassured him. “Do you need anything before I—”
“Can I go with you?”
“…Into my room? That’s right down the hall? While I nap off a hangover?” You arched an eyebrow, pointing at your bedroom next to the living room.
He nodded.
“What? Did you imprint on me like a baby duck or something?” You joked, stretching and yawning.
“I don’t know what ducks are nor the imprinting habits of their young, but yes.”
“You don’t really need to know what ducks are, but baby ducks—Wait, what?!” Your brain finally processed the rest of his words, and you stared at him wide-eyed.
“I’m not sure if the term is used the same, but I imagine it’s a similar concept.”
“You think I’m your mom?!”
It was his turn to look at you with bewilderment. “No, of course not.”
You put a hand over your chest, relieved. “Okay, God, I had a heart attack.”
“You’re my mate,” he said matter-of-factly.
“Excuse me?!” And your blood pressure was back through the roof.
“Lover? I’m not sure the term…” Jungwoo scratched the back of his neck.
You held your hands out defensively, trying to calm yourself down more than anyone else. “Jungwoo, look, we just met like a few days ago.”
“Yes, I’m aware.”
“That’s not nearly enough time to say we’re soulmates or anything.”
His face lit up. “Ahh, soulmates? Is that the word?”
“No!” You immediately shot that down. “Don’t start calling me that.”
“Y/N—”
“What even is this imprinting? Like how do you know it’s happened? Do you do it on purpose? Because if you did, you’ve got to ask people’s permission before doing that kind of thing, dude.”
“It’s not something we have control over. So no, I did not do it intentionally.”
“Oh. Okay.” That only calmed you down marginally.
“It’s…” Jungwoo sank his teeth into his bottom lip as he tried to figure out his words. “I didn’t realize it at first. When you dragged me out of my ship and I first saw you, everything was different. I thought it was the new atmosphere, new gravity, that my body was just adjusting.”
“What do you mean, ‘different’? Different how?”
“Colors are brighter around you—”
“That’s just some cheesy pickup line. It was pitch black when I found you.”
“No, really. Our species’ senses are sharpened around our—”
“Don’t.”
“—when we’ve imprinted, around whoever we’ve imprinted on. To better protect them,” he explained cautiously. “Again, I thought I was just getting used to your planet, but I always know where you are—”
“I tell you where I’m going when I leave.”
“I don’t mean like that. It’s stronger the closer you are, but I just always have this feeling, of where you are. I know you left work yesterday afternoon to go down the street, then went back.”
“I went to the convenience store on my lunch break,” you confirmed with a huff. “Assuming you’re telling the truth and aren’t actively stalking me, I’m guessing that would be another… mechanism to protect that person? That you’re… you know.”
“Yes.”
“What’s even the point of imprinting on me? Or anybody that’s not another Galarii?” You crossed your arms. “My eyes work just fine when you’re not around, and the only way I’d know exactly where you were if I couldn’t see you would be chipping you like a dog.”
“I don’t know.”
You shook your head. “So… you all are just, what? Celibate? Until you eventually find someone to imprint on?”
“Casual relationships aren’t unusual, though many don’t see a point in having such a relationship before imprinting.” He immediately became even more serious. “I’m not inexperienced sexually, if that’s a concern.”
“Oh, God, no!” You covered your face with two hands and groaned. “I was just wondering like… How do you know this imprinting thing is for real? Like, you’re actually ending up with someone good for you, if you don’t have any sort of reference to draw from on what sort of person you like, what you want and don’t want in a relationship?”
“We don’t have to know before, because we’re not picking our… lifelong companion, like I understand you humans do.”
You blinked at him. “Marriage. You’re talking about marriage.”
“Yes. You have to have this set of parameters before you prepare for… marriage. We’re not choosing, so we don’t need such standards. We find.”
“Yeah, but why me? What is it about me that activated your imprinting or whatever the hell?” You couldn’t help the shiver that went up your spine when you said it. “Shouldn’t that be something that only other members of your species can do? Like, evolution-wise?”
“That’s something that my species is still investigating.”
“God, okay…” You rubbed your temples. “Well, my head fucking hurts. I’m going to lay down—alone.”
“Of course.” Jungwoo nodded and stepped back, sitting down on the far side of the couch from you.
Your bed smelled like Jungwoo. You couldn’t nap like this, or even rest your eyes. But you didn’t want to go back out there yet, needing time to let your brain turn over what you’d just been told. So you laid in your bed that smelled like Jungwoo and scrolled on your phone, absentmindedly chewing on the skin around your thumbnail.
⇢ teaser word count: 1162 | full fic: 37.8k total (22.7k & 15.1k)
⇢ genre: sci-fi/science fantasy au, soulmate au, alien!jungwoo, human!reader, slow burn, fluff and angst
⇢ warnings: blood/injury mentions (but like, alien blood, if that makes a difference?), a couple needle/injection mentions, if u get secondhand embarrassment this one might hurt in places, a couple crude jokes about alien stuff iykwim (reader’s friends r kind of the worst), this fic is just a rlly sweet soulmate au i swear idk why these tags look horrendous 😭
⇢ extra info: this will be released in two parts bc of tumblr’s 1000-block limit that was put in place to hurt me personally :)) BUT both parts will be released on the same day
⇢ estimated release: saturday, november 30, 2024, 3:00 p.m. eastern time (sign up for my taglist here)
At your building, Johnny and Jaehyun helped you drag the spaceman up to your apartment on the third floor, and you had them deposit him on your bed. Johnny brought his travel vet kit up from the car, and together, you managed to get the shiny silver jacket off of him. Underneath, he had a fairly plain white top, which was also torn and blood-soaked. Johnny snapped on a pair of gloves before he pushed the hem up to appraise the stranger’s side, where there was a huge gash in his flesh.
“Oh, Christ, okay,” Johnny sighed, inspecting the wound. “I guess I’ll disinfect and suture it up?”
“Just do it,” you mumbled, pressing a towel to the man’s sweat-sheened forehead.
“Jaehyun, mind assisting?”
“You do know the ‘Dr.’ I put in front of my name is just decorative, right? It’s in Poetry—”
“And now you can brag to all your colleagues that you’ve done real medicine like a real doctor,” Johnny snapped back. “Disinfectant, get it.”
With Jaehyun assisting him, Johnny made quick work of patching him up. Pressing the bandages down over the site so the adhesive would stick, Johnny then disposed of his navy-splattered gloves. He grabbed a stethoscope, putting the end up against the spaceman’s chest.
“I think he’s alive?” Johnny announced. “I don’t know. If he is, he doesn’t have a heart because I’m not getting anything.”
He shifted the placement, presumably to listen to his breathing, and an even more bewildered look overtook his features. Sliding the stethoscope over to the right side of the man’s chest, he sat there for a moment, just listening.
“It’s on the other side,” he breathed out. “His heart’s on the right side.”
“But he has a heartbeat?” You clarified.
“Yeah, he does. Faint, but it’s there. He’s breathing, too. A bit shallow, but otherwise normal. I think.”
You let out a sigh of relief. “Thank God.”
“I don’t think there’s anything else I can do until he wakes up. If he wakes up.”
“Right, thank you Johnny,” you smiled wearily your friend. “I’ll call you when he wakes.”
Jaehyun and Johnny looked at each other skeptically. Jaehyun spoke up, “You’re going to stay here alone with some rando we literally pulled out of a burning hunk of metal?”
“My couch only fits one person. So unless you two are offering to sleep on the floor to protect me or whatever?”
“Call us if anything happens,” Johnny sighed, packing up all of his supplies.
“Of course,” you nodded. “Thanks, guys.”
You heard the sound of your front door clicking shut as you stayed sitting on the edge of your mattress, wiping the spaceman’s face. He really did look human, two eyes that were now shut, lashes resting on his cheeks, a nose practically just like yours, with an elegant slope to the bridge, and a pair of plush, pouty lips.
He let out a soft sigh, his head rolling over towards you. But then he went silent and still again.
You finished cleaning up his face as best you could, then pulled the covers up over him. Readjusting his bangs that had been stuck together by the damp washcloth you’d used, you gave a final determined nod to nobody in particular before standing up. Grabbing a change of pajamas from your dresser, you got everything you’d need from in here for the night, then went to leave.
“Alright…” You stopped at the threshold of your bedroom, looking over the spaceman’s sleeping figure one last time. “Goodnight, I suppose.”
And with that, you turned the lights out, and quietly closed the door behind you. You were sure to leave it slightly ajar, though, just in case. After taking a much-needed shower and getting ready for bed in your bathroom, you headed out to the living room. You set up a few pillows and blankets into a comfy-enough makeshift bed, then tucked yourself in. Despite the exhaustion in your muscles, the excitement of the night hadn’t worn off yet, and you laid awake for another hour just staring at your bedroom door.
Waking up in the morning to sunlight streaming in through your living room windows, you covered your eyes with a groan and rolled over to bury your face in the back cushions. The sound of your phone buzzing incessantly from the coffee table came, however, and with a guttural groan, you flopped back over to pick it up.
“Yeah?” You mumbled, not even checking the caller ID.
“Y/N?” It was Yuta on the other end.
“Who the fuck else would it be? You called me at whenever-the-fuck-in-the-morning.”
“Someone woke up on the wrong side of the bed.”
“Couch,” you corrected him, swinging your feet over as you sat up properly. “I slept on the couch.”
“Gave E.T. your bed? Such a kind hostess.”
The mention of your guest woke you up more. You got to your feet, shuffling towards the bedroom with a yawn. “Yeah, you know me, I’m a fuckin’ peach.”
“So how’s the…” Yuta dropped his voice to whisper into the phone, “Alien?”
The door hadn’t moved since last night, and you cautiously pushed it open to peer inside. You could see the stranger exactly where you had left him, laying on his back under your blankets, chest shallowly rising up and down. Pushing further into the room, you hesitated on whether to try to find a pulse again. You settled for trying once around his wrist, and if it didn’t work, then you’d just have to assume he was fine.
Surprisingly, you found his pulse in one go, and it felt steady.
“Fine, I think,” you answered Yuta quietly, walking back over towards your door. “He’s breathing, he has a heartbeat. He’s just not… ambulatory.”
“Still passed out cold?”
“Yeah.”
“Imagine if he was in one of those comas that you don’t wake up from, and we just had to deal with this comatose alien.”
“Stop, you’re going to manifest that or something!” You hissed.
“Not manifesting, just joking.”
“You’re hilarious.”
“Anyway, some of us went back to the beach this morning, because Mark really wanted to see the UFO—”
“Don’t touch anything!”
“We couldn’t. The whole place is locked down. Couldn’t even park on the shoulder, it was swarming with cops. They were still putting out the fire.”
“Do you think any of the ship survived?”
“I have no clue. Doyoung said he’d ask his dad about it.”
Doyoung’s dad was the fire chief, making your participation in the conflagration last night even more dicey.
“Tell him to call me as soon as he finds out anything.”
“I think he was already planning on that, but I’ll make sure he knows.”
“Good. Also, I’m sorry for kicking you in…” You trailed off as you turned around to see two big brown eyes staring at you from your bed. “I’ve got to go, Yuta. I’ll call you back.”
⇢ teaser word count: 948 | full fic: 37.8k total (22.7k & 15.1k)
⇢ genre: sci-fi/science fantasy au, soulmate au, alien!jungwoo, human!reader, slow burn, fluff and angst
⇢ warnings: blood/injury mentions (but like, alien blood, if that makes a difference?), a couple needle/injection mentions, if u get secondhand embarrassment this one might hurt in places, a couple crude jokes about alien stuff iykwim (reader’s friends r kind of the worst), this fic is just a rlly sweet soulmate au i swear idk why these tags look horrendous 😭
⇢ extra info: this will be released in two parts bc of tumblr’s 1000-block limit that was put in place to hurt me personally :)) BUT both parts will be released on the same day
⇢ estimated release: saturday, november 30, 2024, 3:00 p.m. eastern time (sign up for my taglist here)
The screen of your phone lit up from where it sat on the dashboard of Jungwoo’s spaceship, and you immediately grabbed it. It was Donghyuck, and at this point, you would’ve taken your bestie ‘SPAM LIKELY’ to get you out of here.
“Hey, it’s Hyuck, you got it here?” You asked Jungwoo, already on your feet.
“Yes, I’ll be okay,” Jungwoo confirmed, eyes momentarily leaving the screen to meet yours.
You clambered out of the hatch with haste, taking off into the trees. Hastily sending Donghyuck a text that you’d call him back in a minute, you practically bolted back up the cliffside to get to the road before doing just that.
Hyuck picked up before it could even ring once, not wasting any time, “Hey, how’s our pet alien?”
“He has a name,” you retorted, still out of breath.
“He doesn’t seem to mind when I call him that.”
“He probably doesn’t understand how derogatory it could be. His language might not have a direct equivalent for the concept.”
“Yeah, whatever, how is he?”
“Fine. All of his wounds have healed.”
Your friend’s tone immediately shifted. “You sound weird. What’s going on?”
“Nothing!” You insisted.
“Y/N.”
“Promise not to tell anyone?”
“Sure.”
And so after explaining your situation to Donghyuck to the best of your ability, you waited with bated breath for his response.
“Oh my God, he’s going to lay his eggs in you,” he gasped.
“Hyuck! Gross!” You hissed, half-ready to hang up right then.
“I’ve seen enough alien movies to know where this is going.”
“Or watched too much weird porn.”
“You didn’t laugh at my joke, clearly you’re in crisis, sorry.” His apology sounded sincere.
You sighed, staring down into the trees below you that you knew contained a spaceship and spaceman that weren’t from here, that didn’t belong here. “I mean, he’s still fixing his ship to leave…”
“What if he plans on abducting you and taking you with him?”
“Stop it!” You scolded him again. “Jungwoo wouldn’t do that.”
“You seriously think he’ll just leave his mate behind?”
“You are way too comfortable saying that word.”
“This is not about my nighttime proclivities.”
“If I told him to, yeah, I think he would. He’s been super respectful, all things considered.”
“Okay… whatever…”
You were worried. Jungwoo had continued fixing his ship, but with each passing day, you swore he was looking worse again. He said his wounds had completely healed inside and out, but the pallor of his skin didn’t look right, he was moving slower again, and he didn’t eat as much at meals. You took a risk and took him there during the day today, not wanting to risk drawing out his stay on Earth any longer than necessary.
Just getting him down to the ship today was perilous, as he tripped going down the last of the hillside. A rock had cut his arm, thankfully not very deep, but the sight of the deep blue blood did nothing to calm your anxious mind. He let you take a second to use a first aid kit in the ship on him, but then was right back to business as usual, fixing his ship.
“How’s it coming along?” You asked, hovering over him worriedly as he sat on the floor, working on a panel under the control console.
“It’s almost done,” he informed you quietly.
“Jungwoo, you don’t look okay.”
“I’m fine.”
“Is it the hydrogen? Or something else that you can’t get on Earth?” You went to press the back of your hand to his forehead. It was sticky with sweat, but simultaneously cold and clammy. “Shit, dude, you feel awful.”
“I’m—I’ll be fine.”
“Are you sure?”
“Yes, I just need to get back to-to Galaria.”
“Okay, yeah,” you nodded. “Let’s get you back. You said it’s almost done. What else do you need?”
“One of your friends is a mechanic?”
“Yeah, Yuta. He fixes cars.” You were slightly alarmed that he apparently couldn’t remember which one.
Jungwoo held out a long, thin black tube to you. “Could you ask him if he has something like this? Twice as long?”
“Of course! I'll go right now!” You took the tube from him. “You stay right here. Rest, okay?”
He nodded, leaning against the panel and shutting his eyes.
You ran into Yuta’s auto shop, skidding to a stop and nearly crashing into a bench and toolbox, drawing the attention of everyone in the shop. Every head whipped over to look at you, and Yuta pushed himself out from under a truck on the far side of the shop.
“Yuta!” You dashed over to him, ignoring the attempts at conversation from his coworkers as you ran by them.
“Off-limits, assholes!” Yuta yelled back at them before focusing on you again, grabbing a rag to wipe his hands off. “Y/N, what are you doing here?”
“It’s Jungwoo, he needs something like this, but double the length.” You held the tube out to him. “Do you have anything like it? I’ll pay for it.”
Yuta inspected it with a furrowed brow, and you dropped your voice even lower as the sounds of the auto shop rose again.
“Please, he’s-he’s really not doing well. I don’t know how much longer he can be here, Yuta. Something about Earth, it’s not good for him. I’m really worried.”
“Yeah, I would be if I were you.” Yuta handed the tube back to you, then crossed his arms over his chest. “I gave him a part just like that two days ago. He said it was the last piece he needed.”
“What?!” Your heart fell to the pit of your stomach.
“I gave him a new brake hose two days ago. Unless he blew it up again, this isn’t it.”
“I’ve got to go.” You took off towards the door of the garage. “Bye, Yuta! Thanks!”
❧ word count: 2.0k
❧ warnings: cursing
❧ genre: fluff, angst if you squint?, drabble, childhood friends to lovers, model jungwoo, normal person reader, mark is there but he doesn't pass the sexy lamp test so i'm not calling this a love triangle, also gender neutral reader on this one
❧ extra info: this is a reworked version of a drabble from an old multi-group writing acct of mine from years and years ago. it was previously about hyunjin from stray kids, so if you read this like six plus years ago and it feels vaguely familiar, that’s why!
❧ author’s note: happy new year!
“Oh,” you forced out a giggle, voice cracking awkwardly as you added, “You missed… again.”
“No I didn’t,” he declared steadily, closing the space between you two again.
December 31st.
New Year’s Eve.
Ever since you were little, you had spent every New Year’s with Kim Jungwoo. And he insisted that even though he was a very popular model now and his reputation could easily be ruined with any slight scandal, that fact wouldn’t change. You were his best friend, he insisted, which meant that you would keep your traditions.
And so that’s how you ended up on a balcony at some fancy hotel that his agency had rented out for the occasion, needing some fresh air for a moment. Being around so many people, not to mention that they were all incredibly famous, was overwhelming and exhausting to you sometimes. Checking the time on your phone, you winced when you saw that it was only 10 p.m. Jungwoo had told you that the party would probably last until 2 a.m. at least, meaning that you theoretically still had four more hours of this. Your feet ached from standing and the goofy dancing you had done at first with your equally goofy friend and his surprisingly down-to-earth coworkers. All you really wanted to go home and change into your pajamas and go the fuck to sleep. New Year’s never mattered much to you; it was always Jungwoo who made you have fun on the seemingly pointless holiday.
The thought of your handsome, bright-eyed, and caring best friend brought a familiar bittersweet pain to the left side of your chest. You’d realized the not-so-small crush you had on him last New Year’s, when he’d given you his routine Happy New Year’s kiss on the cheek, and missed, pecking the corner of your mouth gently. It had been pretty easy to ignore your agony-inducing feelings since you didn’t see him much while his model life kept him extra busy. But now that you were at this party with him, and he had pretty much glued himself to your side the entire time, it was difficult to push them away.
For the past thirty minutes, however, you’d had a completely different issue plaguing your mind. One that you knew you needed to talk to Jungwoo about. As if he could hear your thoughts, his voice suddenly manifested from behind you:
“You’re missing Johnny and Haechan’s drinking contest.”
“Their what?” You spun around, looking absolutely bewildered.
“I’m kidding, I needed to get your attention,” Jungwoo let out a melodious chuckle as he stepped closer to you, looking just as dazzling as before in his simple black suit, the jacket having been discarded long ago in favor of just rolling his sleeves up to just below his elbow. That, paired with the slightly-mussed up and wavy hair, gave no aid in calming your thundering heart. How was one man allowed to be that attractive?
“You could’ve said ‘hey.’ You know, like a normal person,” you snorted, going back to leaning against the balcony railing as he joined you.
“Since when have we ever been normal?” He bumped your shoulder.
“Oh, I’m perfectly normal—” You bumped his shoulder back. “It’s you that’s fucking weird.”
“You know, I’d tickle you if I wasn’t afraid of touching the art.”
Your skin heated up immediately, counteracting the chilling winter winds easily seeping into your skin. At your lack of response, Jungwoo spoke again, “So what’s on your mind? You’ve got your thinking frown on.”
Dropping your face into your hands, you mumbled, “Woos, I’ve made a grave mistake.”
“What did you do this time, Y/N?”
“I might have agreed to give Mark a New Year’s kiss.” You took your face out of your hands in time to see Jungwoo’s eyebrows shoot up.
“Like, kiss on the cheek?”
You shook your head.
He seemed more distressed than you, rubbing his face in frustration as he thought. Finally, he groaned and offered, “I’ll tell him that you know… he can’t do that, because you’re my best friend and that’d be weird for me.”
“That’s not what I’m concerned about.” You ignored the twinge in your heart when he called you his friend.
Truth be told, you were doing this hoping that it’d help you get over Jungwoo. Not necessarily by getting into Mark, that wasn’t exactly what you wanted. But just a little extra push to forget about your feelings for your best friend.
Jungwoo’s eyes were nearly popping out of his face as he asked, “So is it like… the actual kiss, then? What, why?”
“I’m a bit rusty,” you mumbled, rubbing the back of your neck.
“So it’s been a few months since you’ve kissed someone, whatever. It’s like riding a bike.”
“More like a few years…”
“How many years?”
“Like… ten? I’ve only ever had my first kiss, okay?” You admitted, your skin prickling hot with embarrassment. “Got a bit… busy after that.”
Jungwoo crossed his arms. “And you’re really going to let Mark Lee be your second kiss?”
You shrugged.
“You don’t know him that well, Y/N.”
“I barely know anybody here,” you pointed out with another shrug. “Why are you making a big deal out of this?”
“I don’t know, don’t you want your first adult kiss to be with someone you know, and who actually cares about you, and isn’t just some guy who would get affection from a rock if he could?”
“Well yeah, but, who would that be?”
“Not Mark.”
“If you can find me someone like that within the next—” you looked at your phone again “—one hour and fifty-six minutes, then sure, Mark Lee won’t be my first adult kiss.”
As you had said that, you looked at him with a newfound fire in your eyes, waiting for him to respond to your implicit challenge. His jaw was clenched, and he opened his mouth as if to say something, but decided to close it again, taking a step back.
“Fine.” Jungwoo shook his head, walking back into the venue and managing to disappear his tall form into the crowd.
Your friend’s cold departure from you had left you in a sour mood for all of five seconds before some of his coworkers had found you and provided ample distraction from the tears threatening to make an appearance. Never had Jungwoo ever looked so upset or disappointed in you, and it hurt. It really fucking hurt.
You had a feeling that Jungwoo’s friends had been able to surmise that something bad had happened, considering you wouldn’t even look in his general direction, a stark contrast from just an hour ago when you were laughing together while his arm had been around your shoulder. The ghost of his arm there was still present, and you desperately pressed yourself even further back into the couch you were on to try to rid yourself of it. You really only succeeded in tucking yourself into Yuta’s side, as you were crammed onto the couch with him and a few of the others, not including Jungwoo.
Mark was on your other side, trying to yell out a story above to the constant loud hum, one that Johnny on his other side could apparently understand, as his deep laughs reached your ears. The light tinkling of Taeyong’s laughter brought your attention to your other side, and you felt Yuta attempting to worm himself off the couch. You scooted closer to Mark to give Yuta some more room, and when he stood up, you saw that there was a dark brown stain all down the front of his light-colored suit. Realizing that your sudden jolt into his side must have caused him to spill his drink all over himself, you tried to apologize, but he waved you off and disappeared as well.
Now with more space, you scooted back away from Mark, only by a few millimeters, as the couch was definitely not meant to fit even four people like it was now. As you leaned in to listen to Johnny’s addition to the conversation, you felt someone slide in beside and slightly behind you again and were surprised at how quickly Yuta had returned. But then an arm snaked around your waist and an all-too familiar voice was beside your ear and you knew it wasn’t him.
“I’m sorry, Y/N.” Jungwoo didn’t have to whisper too much, the room was definitely too loud for anybody further than a few centimeters away to hear anything he was saying. “If you want to fuck Mark—”
You snapped your head around to hiss incredulously, “I don’t want to fuck him! Jesus Christ, Woos, it’s a kiss on New Year's. I don’t even like him like that. Like you said, he’s just some guy.”
“Oh.”
“Yeah, oh,” you scoffed.
“I’m sorry. Seriously.”
You elbowed him in the side. “Yeah, yeah, I forgive you. I know you were trying to look out for me. You’re a good friend, Woos.”
“Yeah, I know.”
If you didn’t know better, you would’ve thought he sounded disappointed when you called him your friend. But when he rested his head on yours and your hopeful heart hopped painfully against your ribcage, you reminded yourself that all you were was his friend, and you had to learn how to be happy with just that.
You were towards the back of the large mass of people crowded around the huge TV announcing the countdown to the New Year. With Mark on your left and Jungwoo on your right, you blamed the heat for your sweaty palms instead of the idea of having your first kiss in a very long time in a very visible place and with a somewhat-random person. It would be just a peck, you had convinced yourself. Not a big deal.
The voices of everyone counting down in unison reverberated through your brain.
Five. Four. Three. Two. One.
Before you could even turn to the man on your left, you were yanked to the right, a pair of lips descending onto yours in one fluid and firm motion. Jungwoo’s hands were gripping either side of your face and neck, his body pressing against yours, and his mouth meshing with yours in a way you could only describe as perfect. Your own hands grappled for something to hold onto as your breath was stolen from you, finding a somewhat suitable place clutching desperately onto his shirt.
Finally, Jungwoo deemed it necessary to breathe, moving his face back just a few millimeters from yours, a thin line of spit still connecting you two. You widened the distance, taking a few shaky inhalations as you tried to look anywhere except Jungwoo. Which was difficult considering he took up much of your vision, still being only a couple centimeters away.
“Oh,” you forced out a giggle, voice cracking awkwardly as you added, “You missed… again.”
“No I didn’t,” he declared steadily, closing the space between you two again. “There, you kissed someone who actually cares about you. So if you want to go kiss Mark—”
“No.” Shaking your head with determination, you looked him in the eye, “I don’t want to kiss him. Or anyone else…”
“Except me,” Jungwoo finished your implicit statement with a shit-eating grin.
Rolling your eyes, you nodded nonetheless.
“So, can I date you on a proper date, then?”
You pretended to contemplate this for a moment before grabbing his collar and tugging him back down for another kiss, wrapping one hand around the back of his neck. Jungwoo grinned into the kiss, pulling you closer by the hips.
The very amused voice of Taeyong startled you into nearly having an aneurysm, “You two might want to stop that before the CEO comes by to say Happy New Year to everybody.”
You folded your hands politely in front of you, nodding sheepishly as the rest of his friends could only giggle at your being caught.
Mark then complained, “I still didn’t get a New Year’s kiss!”
“Come here, then!” Haechan wrapped an arm around the older man’s neck, pursing his lips as Mark tried to get away. The whole group burst into laughter, taking enough attention off you and Jungwoo for him to take your hand in his.
❧ warnings: cursing, the b-plot pretty heavily references a drowning incident (but it’s not explicitly described), uhm that’s about it for this one!
❧ genre: fluff, slow burn, one (1) idiot and one (1) tease to lovers, modern magical creatures au, college au, fairy jungwoo, human reader, ft. various other magical ilichils and human johnny, spring break au
❧ author’s note: ahhh here it is! i love this one so much, it was so much fun to write, and i hope y’all have a lot of fun reading it!!
❧ spotify playlist
❧ EDIT DEC 2024: this fic used to have a former 127 member in it. i’ve edited this fic to take his character out, but if there are any mentions of him that i missed, inconsistencies, or plot holes, please let me know!
─── ⋆⋅☆⋅⋆ explore the strawberry sunday universe more here!
Just as you were about to turn around and smack Dongyhuck for real this time, Jungwoo grabbed the back of his collar and pulled the shirt over his head. You willed yourself to look literally anywhere else, but your eyes embarrassingly kept watching as he tossed the shirt to the side, laughing at something that Johnny had just said. This was entirely unfair, was he actually, literally, sparkling in the sunlight? Or was that just you?
There’s so much you’ll never know about Jungwoo, you thought to yourself as you snuck a glance his way. You could ask him a million questions every day for the rest of your life and still, you’d never know everything. But you want to try. You want to know what his favorite song is every day, what he had for lunch, what he looks like when he wakes up after sleeping in on Sunday mornings, and what his lips taste like. Strawberries… probably, was what you had decided upon after an embarrassing amount of daydreaming and speculating that you’d sooner be waterboarded than admit to.
And it wasn’t the fact that he was a fairy that fascinated you either, you had been around magical beings all your life. Your own best friend was a dryad, so you didn’t even blink the first time you saw Jungwoo sneeze and his hair flashed pink for a moment. There was something about Jungwoo that made you want to know even more about him, take notes, put him on a slide under a microscope in the lab you two had together, and bottle him up if you could.
Jungwoo readjusted the frames that had slipped down his nose as he worked on his assignment— a lab report, he was a Chemistry major like you. Did fairies even need glasses? They couldn’t magic away bad vision or something? You did manage to ask him that, the first time you’d seen him bring them out at a study session. Turns out they were blue light filtering ones, not prescription; looking at screens for too long strained his eyes.
You’d finished your own lab report thirty minutes ago and had been meandering through some assignments for next week in an admittedly pathetic attempt to prolong your time around him. The rest of your group that you were with all left for a vending machine break about ten minutes ago, and the study room had been just you and Jungwoo since.
Jungwoo hadn’t let up working on his report in that time, and you didn’t want to distract him by trying to take this opportunity to talk to him or anything. So instead, you just randomly clicked things on your computer, looked at Jungwoo, read a couple pages of your textbook, looked at Jungwoo, scrolled on your phone, looked at Jungwoo, drank some of your water, looked at Jungwoo, rinse, and repeat.
Today he was wearing a light pink crewneck sweater that was way oversized even on him, the neck of it slouching down far enough to one side to show his collarbones— you snapped your eyes back down to your keyboard and took a sip of your water. God, you needed Jesus or Pan or whatever other deities your friends had; you’d take anything at this point. After a few more moments, you risked another look at him. His brown hair that always looked so soft looked extra bouncy today, and you wondered if he’d showered and dried it right before coming to the campus library. You had a sudden want to know what shampoo and conditioner he used, and were so glad that you had one iota of common social grace to quite literally bite down on your knuckle to stop yourself from asking him that. You were going insane sitting in here alone with him, you needed to go.
“Uh,” you cleared your throat as you stood up. The force with which you had stood up pushed your rolling chair back with such a velocity that it crashed into the wall behind you, and you cringed at how loud the sound was in the dead silent study room.
Jungwoo looked up at you with round, curious eyes, slowly taking one of his lilac wired earbuds out from his ears. Your skin was practically on fire, and you could hear your blood roaring in your ears as you grabbed your metal bottle, “I’m going to refill my water.”
You didn’t wait to see if he had any sort of reply, fleeing the room.
Donghyuck found you curled up on yourself in a study cubicle ten minutes later. He presumably was able to follow the smell of your self-pity and agony. As a dryad, he was in tune with nature, and, as he so stubbornly reminded you, humans were included in that whole nature thing.
Your friend leaned against the side of the short cubicle wall, resting his cheek on his forearm as he looked down at you with an eyebrow raised, “Were we disturbing you? Had to come get your own little study nook?”
“No, I finished all my work a while ago,” you mumbled.
“I know.”
He tore open his bag of chips, popping one into his mouth then holding it out to you. The two of you shared the snack in a silence devoid of conversation, but full of mutual understanding and the sounds of crunching chips. When all the chips were gone, Donghyuck tilted his head back to dump the remaining crumbs in his mouth before tossing the bag in the recycling bin.
“Alright, come on, Yuta says he’s got a big announcement for all of us.”
“Oh, joy, a Yuta summons,” you stood up with a sigh. “Always a good sign when the siren calls.”
Donghyuck started leading the way back through the narrow library aisles, “It was actually Jungwoo who sent me out looking for you, said he was worried that you might be sick.”
“Shut up, that’s not funny.”
“You’re right, it’s not. That’s like, the lamest joke ever. No set up, no punchline. Not even in the format of a joke. That’s how you know I’m being serious.”
“Oh God, I was being such a little freak.”
“Y/N, you’re down astronomically bad for a fairy, and are friends with a dryad, siren, and basilisk, to name a few. And you’re worried about being a freak?”
“By comparison I pretty much am.”
“Mm, can’t argue with you there.”
Back in the study room, you and Donghyuck took your two empty seats right next to each other. The room was abuzz with chatter now, feeling much livelier than it had before.
“There you are, we were about to send out another rescue mission,” Johnny greeted the two of you brightly. He was the only other one of your friends who was a human like you.
Mark’s forked snake tongue flicked out to test the air, “Everything okay, Y/N?”
“Oh, yeah, got distracted looking at some books,” you fibbed, well aware that at least a third of the creatures with you could hear any jump in your heartrate, one could practically smell (taste?) fear, and another quite literally always knew if you were telling the truth or not. Taeyong never exposed you when you lied, nor held any against you—not that you lied to him often. Forgiveness kind of came with being a unicorn and all, you figured. Believing in a pure heart or whatever.
“I found her wandering with her nose stuffed in a book. Had to drag her back kicking and screaming,” Donghyuck followed your lead with a casual eye roll.
Yuta clapped his hands from where he was standing at the head of the table, immediately drawing everybody’s attention to him and quieting down the room. “Anyway!”
The siren pushed back his white-blonde hair from his face, making piercing eye contact with each of you in turn as he paused for dramatic effect. The iridescent scales visible under the skin of his cheekbones at certain angles shimmered from blue to purple to pink in the fluorescent lights and his silvery eyes flashed as the large pupils met yours before moving onto the next person.
“Tell us or I put a blabbermouth hex on you, Yuta,” Doyoung drawled, readjusting the collar of his hoodie, which had slipped down to reveal the beginnings of his ritual tattoos under his jaw.
“For Pan’s sake, not again, Doyoung,” Donghyuck groaned. “Sirens and blabbermouth hexes are practically death machines!”
“Yuta and blabbermouth hexes is hell on Earth,” Jaehyun deadpanned.
Johnny rubbed at the back of his neck anxiously, “Yeah, I almost died last time, Doyoung. I was only just able to go to the pool again like two weeks ago.”
“Which is perfect,” Yuta cut into the rabble, ceasing their squabbling once again. “Because we’re all going to Cape Solaria for spring break.”
“You seriously want me to go around you and water again?” Johnny asked in disbelief.
“Oh my god, you nearly drown your friend one time and you never hear the end of it!”
“One time?”
“Okay, one and a half times! And really, it was Doyoung’s fault, he put the blabbermouth hex on me, I couldn’t stop! Why aren’t you getting pissed at him?”
You and Donghyuck exchanged looks as the volume in the room rose once again.
Spring break was still a month away, and you admittedly didn’t have any plans yet. Cape Solaria was a gorgeous beach a few hours away, and despite the proximity to your college town, surprisingly wasn’t a very popular spring break destination. It was a sleepy little seaside village that hadn’t done anything to attract tourists, and if anything, actively warded them off, especially college students. There wasn’t much to do in the area except the beach itself, which didn’t have any public access points, only residents could use it. All in all, didn’t sound half bad for a siren, of course. Or nine other college students with nothing better to do.
“Come on!” Yuta’s sonorous voice broke through the din of the bickering. “My parents’ friends have a beach house there, they’re out of town until the summer and said we can use it! There’s a firepit on the beach, and a cute little downtown, and I pinky promise to every single god, goddess, and incorporeal abstract deity that we all have that I won’t drown anybody!”
Everybody was looking around the table at each other, clearly suspicious of Yuta’s too good to be true plan, and waiting for somebody else to cast the first stone.
“Sure, Yuta, I’ll come,” Taeyong smiled up at him. “Thank you for inviting us.”
“I’m bringing a spear gun, don’t think I won’t use it,” Johnny warned him.
Eventually, everyone had given their yeses, to varying degrees of enthusiasm, until there was just one left.
“Of course I’m coming,” Jungwoo grinned, his eyes meeting yours for just a flash before looking up at the siren. “It sounds like fun!”
Jungwoo caught up to you as you left the library that evening. Donghyuck had stayed behind to check out some materials for a class, and the rest of your friends were walking out in a large, amorphous blob.
“Hey,” he greeted you from over your shoulder.
“Hey,” you echoed, looking behind and up at him briefly. It was times like this that you were reminded just how big the fairy was, underneath the oversized sweaters, fluffy hair, and pouts. He was one of the tallest of your friends, magical or otherwise.
His glasses had been pushed up on top of his head now, the frames keeping some of his bangs from falling across his face. With his book bag slung onto one shoulder, he looked almost like your average human college student, except if you happened to look a little closer—which you always were—you could catch the faint flecks of gold in his otherwise warm brown irises. As you passed under the lampposts along the pedestrian walkway, the golden flecks would catch the light and gleam unlike anything that could exist in humans. Not quite starlight, more like craft store glitter, the kind that you’d accidentally spill and continue to find in every square inch of your house for years to come. Which was a comparison that as soon as it had clicked in your brain, only endeared him even more to you.
“So what do you think? About going to Cape Solaria?” Jungwoo asked, those big, glittery eyes focused down on you.
You thanked… something godly that he apparently wasn’t going to ask about your disappearance from the study room earlier.
“Oh, uhm, I’m actually pretty excited. I know Johnny’s nervous after the whole Yuta-Doyoung-blabbermouth hex-drowning thing that happened last semester, but I think it’ll be fun. I haven’t been to the Cape since I was little, it’ll be nice to see how much has changed, if at all.”
“You went when you were little?”
“My parents used to take us on day trips as kids in the summer. Still don’t know how they put up with us in the car for that long.”
“How far away is it?”
“Uhm…” You frowned as you tried to think of as accurate an answer as you could for Jungwoo. “I don’t remember exactly. Three hours? Four, maybe? Hold on.”
You had reached into your pocket to bring out your phone, fully intending on looking it up on your maps app right then and there, when a hand covered yours, a light giggle that sounded like the tinkling of bells rang out right next to your ear, and you damn near dropped your phone.
“That’s okay, Y/N, I was just curious,” Jungwoo reassured you, letting your hand fall from his as you went to stuff your phone back into your pocket. “I’ll just find out when we drive there.”
“Right, of course,” you muttered, casting your eyes down to your feet. “So, uhm, have you ever been? To the Cape?”
As soon as you said it, you wanted to smack yourself in the face. He literally just asked you how far away it was. If he had been there before, he would know that.
“No, this’ll be my first time.” Jungwoo bit the tip of his thumb, and you could feel how your eyes were glued to the action.
“Jungwoo!” Doyoung called for him from the front of the group. They were housemates along with Taeyong and Jaehyun, and Doyoung had presumably given Jungwoo a ride to campus today.
“Coming!” The fairy replied. He focused a cheery smile down on you, “Well, see you, Y/N!”
“Bye, Woos…”
As they left, you desperately blinked yourself out of your Jungwoo-induced trance, trying to remember where you had parked your own car. Taeyong saved you from yourself, looping his arm through yours, “Come on, Y/N, I saw your car over by Jaehyun’s.”
“Oh. Didn’t even realize you guys had parked by me. Thanks, Yong,” you tried to reply as casually as possible, which was utterly pointless when dealing with Taeyong and his vampire housemate. Said vampire was walking on Taeyong’s other side, entirely silent.
When you first started hanging out with Taeyong and by extension Jaehyun, you weren’t able to get a good read on the latter, mostly due to the fact that he said next to nothing and emoted even less. But when he did finally say something, it was usually so entirely out of pocket that you either ended up in stitches laughing or were sent into an existential spiral. Judging solely from the thousand-yard stare on his face, you’d think he wasn’t listening to any of your conversation most of the time, except you knew that his supernatural senses made it impossible for him to do anything except hear everything: conversations, the wind rustling through the leaves, air conditioning, the blood pumping in your veins. You were surprised to find out that he wasn’t several centuries old, only in his mid-twenties; he’d been turned just a couple years ago. (This had prompted a hushed conversation with Taeyong: “So… he’s just like that?” “Like what?” “…Never mind.”).
You knew that Taeyong was Jaehyun’s primary food source, though you didn’t ask for many details aside from one that your morbid curiosity wouldn’t let go of: It doesn’t hurt Taeyong and feels generally pleasant. Since Taeyong’s a unicorn, Jaehyun doesn’t have to feed as often as he would if he were feeding from humans, and that is when you had put your headphones in during that little impromptu Q&A session during a study group. Renjun, the Magical Creatures Studies major who had tagged along with Donghyuck that day, could go ahead and listen about Jaehyun’s favorite places to bite Taeyong or whatever, you had much rather wanted to do literally anything else.
“I’m worried,” Taeyong confessed, gnawing on his bottom lip.
“About?” You asked, concerned.
“Johnny going to the beach.”
“Oh, Taeyong, I don’t think he even knows where to get a spear gun, Yuta will be fine.”
“No, I know Yuta will be okay. But I do think Johnny’s worry comes from a real place of distress.”
You saw the deep sorrow reflected in his features, your own heart hurting too as you recalled what happened to your human friend. “Well, yeah, he did almost drown himself in the guys’ bathtub at our non-denominational Friendsmasgiving as collateral damage in one of Yuta and Doyoung’s spats. Don’t tell any of the others this, Yong, but Johnny couldn’t wash his own face for a month after. I went over and did his skincare routine for him. I don’t even want to know how he showered or washed his hands.”
“Johnny must trust you a lot, Y/N.”
“I actually didn’t know him very well before that,” you admitted. “I think he just asked me because I’m the only other human out of all of us. I was the safest, you know, in his mind.”
Before that Friendsmasgiving at Doyoung, Taeyong, Jaehyun, and Jungwoo’s place, you had only seen Johnny at a couple group movie nights here and there, so you were honestly surprised to have gotten a text from him asking you to come over. You were mentally prepared for it to be a weird premise for a hookup and had all your usual rejections ready to go in the back of your mind. But no, he actually did just need you to help him wash his face. His hands trembled every time he tried to turn on the tap, and he absolutely couldn’t submerge his nose or mouth—he needed to breathe.
Unlike you, Johnny didn’t have any firsthand exposure to magical beings like your friends until he went to college. He grew up in a small town that was entirely human, and while he had a very open mind about it all, nearly drowning himself under a siren’s spell would understandably take a while to process.
“Oh…” Taeyong breathed out, and you could see his lilac eyes beginning to water, the tears themselves having an iridescence to them. “Oh, Johnny…”
“Shit, sorry,” you shook your head to clear your mind.
Unicorns were highly empathetic, and ruminating on an emotional memory for too long around them would project that state onto them. It wasn’t quite mind reading from what you understood, Taeyong couldn’t access your memories directly right now or anything, but he could get the gist of the feelings and emotions that your memories contained. So he and Jaehyun were honestly a match made in magical weirdo heaven.
“No, it’s okay,” he reassured you as the three of you slowed to a stop at your car. “I’m going to talk to Doyoung, see if he can do anything for Johnny.”
“Doyoung should be moving fucking mountains to help, this is partially his fault.”
“I’m sure we’ll be able to work something out.” Taeyong squeezed your arm before letting it go. “Have a good weekend, Y/N.”
“You too, guys,” you gave them a wave as they headed off in the direction of Jaehyun’s car.
SATURDAY
Spring break had snuck up on you. Between studying for midterms, working part-time at the campus bookstore, and maybe possibly sort of avoiding Jungwoo as best you could outside of your shared chemistry lab, you didn’t have the brain capacity to really be cognizant of the passage of time, only your constant state of stress and panic. So you had packed your bags just last night, and were now running around your apartment to get together the last of your things that morning. Johnny had texted a few minutes ago that he was on his way to pick you and Donghyuck up, meaning that you had maybe five minutes left before he arrived.
You ducked under the vine hanging at the entry to the bedroom hallway, and skirted around the monstera that marked the beginning of the jungle that was your living room. Donghyuck generally kept the plants to a lush but tasteful amount, and you liked the greenery, but with both your focuses on midterms week, they had gotten a little unruly without the dryad’s usual careful tending to them.
“Hey, Hyuck?” You called out to him from the kitchen.
“Yeah?” Came his reply from where he was reclined on the couch.
“You seen my sunglasses? I thought they were on my dresser but—”
“You loaned them to Mark last week when he accidentally petrified Johnny. He said he’s bringing them to give back to you.”
“Oh, right,” you stopped your frantic searching, joining your roommate in the living room. “Thanks.”
“Speaking of—” Donghyuck stood up from the couch with a big stretch, a couple small vines reaching out from the very tips of his fingers before receding back in when he dropped his arms. He focused his dark green eyes on you pointedly, “Johnny said they’re here. You ready?”
“As ready as I’ll ever be at this point,” you sighed.
“Cool. So where’s your phone?”
Realizing that you hadn’t seen Johnny’s text yourself, you patted your pockets fervently. All empty.
“Shit!”
“I’ll call it.”
After retrieving your phone from inside the freezer—you didn’t even want to know how you’d left it in there—you and Donghyuck grabbed all your bags and rushed down to meet your road trip crew. All nine of you weren’t going to fit into one car, so you were splitting up between three in order to have a reasonable number of vehicles in town for the week: Johnny’s, Doyoung’s, and Yuta’s.
Johnny was leaning against the trunk of his old SUV, and pushed off it to give you each a hug, “Hey! Ready to road trip?”
“Sure, Johnny,” you chuckled as he popped the hatch on the trunk. “Thanks for driving us.”
“Of course, of course. Always glad to be team dad for three magical creatures and a human,” he ruffled yours and Donghyuck’s heads as you each loaded up your bags on top of the ones that were already in there.
“Three?” You asked.
Johnny was struggling trying to pull his hand back from the leafy tendrils that had wrapped around his fingers when he went to muss up Donghyuck’s hair. When he’d finally gotten the limb back, he answered, “Oh yeah, Mark and I picked up a stray, so someone will have to sit with someone. Mark’s already got shotgun, sorry.”
The human opened up the back door, and Donghyuck and you peered in, just in time for Jungwoo’s head to pop up from the very backseat, cell phone in hand.
“Finally! Thought this was lost to the ether down there!” He said triumphantly, then his gaze fell on you and your roommate. “Oh hey, Y/N, Donghyuck!”
“I was planning on napping, actually,” Donghyuck took advantage of your stupefied silence to declare. “So I’ll take the middle row.”
“D—”
“You always complain about my moss when I nap on you, Y/N. You’ll be free of me this time! It’s perfect!”
And so you ended up in the backseat with Jungwoo, staring out the window as Johnny pulled away from your apartment building.
“Y/N? Could you please hand me my pillow from the back?” Donghyuck requested sweetly.
You narrowed your eyes at him before twisting around in your seat, rummaging around in the trunk until you were able to secure the pillow. Turning back around, you offered him a sarcastic smile as you practically smacked him in the face with it, “Here, Hyuck.”
“Oof!” He fell back, settling long-ways across the entire middle seat. “Thanks, Y/N!”
“Shut up and take your damn nap.”
You heard a jingling giggle from beside you, and looked over to see Jungwoo covering his mouth, but you noticed the telltale crinkles at the corners of his eyes.
“I know I’ve said this before but,” he paused to let out another giggle, “you two are funny.”
“Glad we can provide in-flight entertainment for you, Woos,” you slumped back in your seat, shimmying your shoulders around for a moment to settle in for the long car ride ahead of you.
Johnny’s car didn’t have Bluetooth, so he had a CD of his playing over the speakers. Only one speaker in the backseat worked at all, and it crackled and popped at random intervals. Because of that, the sound controls were set so that the music played only in the front seats. You didn’t mind, you kept your focus on your own music playing through your headphones, eyes trained on the passing scenery. Until your wireless earbuds died.
“No, no, no,” you held the buttons down in a fruitless attempt to resuscitate them. “Damn it!”
“Are you okay?” Jungwoo asked you quietly.
Johnny and Mark were singing along to a nostalgic pop song in the front seat, and you were tempted to ask them to turn it up, until you caught sight of Donghyuck. He was covered in a literal blanket of moss, clover, and small white flower buds from his feet to his arms. His eyes were closed and his shoulders rose and fell with each breath he took. So he really was taking a nap.
Not wanting to disturb your friend for your own entertainment, you snapped your earbuds back into their carrying case. Which was also dead, because in your great planning for this trip, you had forgotten to charge that too.
“No, my headphones just died, and we have like, three more hours left,” you groaned, dropping your head back onto the headrest.
“Oh, here!” Jungwoo held out one of his wired earbuds to you. “You can just share mine.”
“Woos, that’s okay, I’ll just…” You desperately wracked your brain for a reasonable way to finish that sentence.
“Do you really not trust my taste in music that much you’d rather stare out the window in silence for three hours?” He had a playful pout on his lips.
In the back of your mind, you knew he was joking around, but also he was quite literally batting his eyelashes at you—were long eyelashes a fairy thing or a Jungwoo thing? Something else you wanted to ask him—and suddenly you were saying yes, the headphone was in your hand, and Jungwoo was happily scrolling through his music library. He’d found something satisfactory, and you put the earbud in to listen along.
“Y/N, you can’t be all the way over there, the headphones are gonna fall out!” Jungwoo scolded you with an exasperated sigh.
You looked at the empty seat between the two of you in bewilderment, where the headphone cords were pulled near taut. You were way too focused on trying to figure out if he actually meant for you to move to the middle seat to realize that Jungwoo had undone his own seatbelt instead—until his arm was sliding around your shoulders, long legs crowding yours in the small space of Johnny’s backseat, and the entire length of his side pressed up against you.
“There we go,” he said brightly. “Now the headphones won’t get tugged out of our ears if we want to look out the window.”
Your gulp was comically loud as your eyes were trained on your blank phone screen in your lap, “Right.”
“Oh, you’ve got a much better view over here,” Jungwoo leaned in front of you to peer out the window.
He seemed to radiate the warmth of a soft spring day, and while you still didn’t know exactly what kind of shampoo he used, you swore you could smell the faint, sweet scent of strawberries as he hovered just millimeters in front of your face. There was a single small diamond earring in his lobe, and it sparkled as it caught the light filtering in through the window he was looking out. He turned his head to look from the passing scenery over to you, holding your (surely alarmed, wide-eyed, maybe even terrified) gaze for a moment. The corner of his lips curled, and then he reclined back into his new seat beside you.
You hoped that Mark was too focused on their music up front to be regularly checking the scents in the car, or if he was, that he was going to keep his forked tongue to himself. You knew that you were oozing panic from every pore right now, you didn’t need a basilisk blabbing that to the whole car. Taking a deep inhale through your nose, you desperately tried to calm your heartrate back down. Fairies didn’t have super hearing that you were aware of, but with how close you two you were, you wouldn’t be surprised if Jungwoo would be able to hear your heart hammering anyway.
“So how did you end up riding with Johnny?” You asked him quietly, hoping that some light conversation would distract you from how hyperaware you were of every square centimeter of you that was in contact with him. “I thought Doyoung would’ve been taking you.”
“Yuta was taking Jaehyun and Taeyong and didn’t have enough room for all the extra beach stuff in his truck. Johnny would’ve had enough room, except he was bringing you and Donghyuck, and we would’ve all been much more squished in Doyoung’s car. So I got voted off the island and Doyoung is bringing all the extra beach stuff.”
You chuckled, the tension in your body easing as you could perfectly imagine how that conversation went down between your friends, “How tragic.”
“I don’t mind, I like you.” Jungwoo’s breath washed over the shell of your ear, making the hairs on the back of your neck stand up and your shoulders jump a little. Which he could definitely feel.
“Oh!” The squeak in your voice was audible. “Yeah, we— we all like you too, Woos.”
“So do you like it?”
“Huh?”
“The music.”
You admittedly hadn’t even been paying attention to any of the songs playing in the headphones you were sharing, all too focused on your proximity rather than the alleged reason for it. Taking a few seconds, you listened to the song that was playing at that moment. It was a softer indie-sounding track, and you found yourself nodding maybe a little too enthusiastically, “Oh, yeah, yeah, it’s good.”
“Good,” he offered you a gentle smile. “You can pick the next album. I want to know what kind of stuff you listen to.”
Only two tracks into your chosen album, Johnny announced that he’d be pulling off at the next exit for gas, so any snack purchases and bathroom breaks would need to happen now as well. You gave him a weak thumbs-up in the rearview mirror, the only part of his face visible in said mirror being an inquisitively raised eyebrow. As Johnny slowed the van to a stop at the gas pump, Jungwoo slid away from you as casually as he had slid over, leaning over the seat to try to wake Donghyuck up.
“Donghyuck,” he cooed at him. “Donghyuck, wake up. Y/N and I need to get out.”
“That’s not going to work,” you sighed, hunching over the seat as well. “You have to resort to violence with Hyuck.”
“He’s covered in plants,” Jungwoo pointed out. “I’m not a dryad but harming nature still isn’t really my thing.”
“I didn’t say set him on fire or anything.”
“Then what—”
Mark had already hopped out of the car at that point, and opened the door to the backseat then. You and he made eye contact, nodded once in unison, then he grabbed one of Donghyuck’s ankles and yanked on it. The basilisk jerked his hand back before vines could wrap around it. But it worked, the dryad shot up, head whipping around as he looked around for the culprit, and his hands coming up to rub at his eyes sleepily.
“Who—”
“Gas station, Hyuck,” you told him as all the plants on him closed up and disappeared. “Can you move so we can get out please?”
He let out a heaving sigh, scooting across the seat to do so, “Fine, I suppose. Only because I need to pee.”
“Thank you for letting me know that you’ve been hydrating.”
With Donghyuck out, Johnny helped you finagle the fold-down middle row so that you and Jungwoo could climb out of the back, then gave you his card to buy him a soda from inside. You found Mark in front of the refrigerated section, and he dug a hand into the pocket of his shorts before pulling out your missing sunglasses and handing them to you.
“Here. Thanks for letting me borrow them.” His voice slightly drug out the sibilance of his ‘s’ as he spoke, slitted pupils just visible through the tint of his own pair of sunglasses he was donning now. He stuffed his hands back in his pockets as he looked over the drink options.
“Yeah, of course, Mark,” you perched your sunglasses atop your head, then quietly scanned the fridges for Johnny’s soda request.
Mark had come over to your apartment last week to study with Donghyuck for some class they had together, and Johnny tagged along so that you and he could have a little self-care night before the hecticness of finals week. Doing face masks together just felt natural after you had washed his face for an entire month. Johnny had been keeping you up to date on how his roommate was handling the onset of his powers lately. Basilisks, unlike other mythological creatures who were born as such, came into their powers comparatively much later in life, within a year after their first molting. Mark just had his last summer (the details of which Johnny had thankfully spared you but did let you know was awful to have to clean up around the apartment), and had been slowly but surely developing his various basilisk abilities since. One of which, petrification, hadn’t come on at all yet.
Until Johnny had stepped out of your bathroom that night with a green clay face mask on to grab his phone from the living room, turned the corner, and had startled Mark so bad that with just a split second of eye contact, he’d been petrified. Thankfully, not properly turned to stone, just paralyzed more so. He’d remained entirely fleshy and regained full use of his limbs within ten minutes, but Mark had kept your sunglasses on for the rest of the night just in case.
Mark suddenly spoke up again, pointing at a specific row off to your bottom left, the complete opposite direction from where you’d currently been scrutinizing, “Johnny asked for dragonfruit Fanta, right?”
You followed his gaze to a magenta bottle, “Oh! Yes, thanks!”
“No problem.”
“How’d you know?” You questioned as Mark grabbed his own drink, then turned around to peruse the snacks.
“He always tries to cut out caffeine on school breaks since he goes so hard on the coffee during the semester,” the basilisk sighed. “Which means he’ll be right back on it by Monday morning at the latest. If not, tomorrow. Do you see those firecracker things Yuta likes? I made the mistake of telling the others we were making a snack stop and got a whole shopping list.”
“Oh, the ones enchanted to literally pop and sizzle in your mouth?” You wrinkled your nose, remembering when he had let you try one at a movie night. Never again. “Uh… there!”
“Thanks.”
“I’m guessing Taeyong wants his usual too,” you grabbed a holographic box of gummy candies.
After grabbing a few more things, you and Mark paid then headed back out to the SUV. Donghyuck had already beaten the two of you back out there and Johnny was done refilling the gas, meaning that you all were just waiting on Jungwoo to return. Mark and Donghyuck waited in the car with the AC blasting, splitting their snacks between them while you leaned against the side with Johnny, enjoying standing up while you could. There were still at least two more hours left in your drive, not accounting for any traffic.
The human beside you cracked open his soda, holding it out towards you, and you clinked your drink with his before taking swigs in unison.
“So.” Johnny said.
“So.” You repeated.
“What’s uh… what’s up?” He took another drink of his dragonfruit Fanta.
You couldn’t help but laugh, “I don’t know, not much. What’s up with you, Johnny? Finals go good?”
“That’s not what I meant, Y/N,” he gave you a pointed look.
“Then what did you mean?” You asked, bringing your drink up to your lips.
“I meant the romance novel that’s been playing out in my backseat.”
To your credit, you didn’t do a spit take. You did choke on the sip you’d just taken to the point where Johnny felt the need to give you a couple good slaps on the back. When you’d recovered and were upright again, you shook your head.
“Johnny, that’s not— My headphones died, Jungwoo was sharing his and—”
“That’s like, the stupidest excuse I’ve heard in a while. I am actually offended that you think I’m that dumb, Y/N,” Johnny cut you off with a shake of his head. “But fine, you don’t want to tell your best human pal Johnny about your secret relationship, that’s cool. Little tip though, maybe tone down the PDA, then.”
Your tongue felt too big in your mouth as you tripped and fumbled over it trying to correct Johnny’s understanding of the situation. The grin on his face belied that he wasn’t actually that hurt and was instead delighted to know this “secret” information, as he smoothly got you in a loose headlock, affectionately mussing up your hair again.
“Johnny!” You squealed, ducking out from under his arm, not looking where you were going as you scrambled to get away.
And proceeded to stumble right into someone else. Mortification filled your veins as you went to apologize to whatever other patron of the gas station that you’d just bumped into, the words once again getting stuck in your throat as you looked up into familiar brown eyes. Jungwoo held your gaze with a tilted head, not even acknowledging Johnny as the fairy’s mouth turned down into just the slightest frown.
“I’m so sor—”
“Your hair’s all messed up, Y/N,” he informed you matter-of-factly, one hand reaching up to adjust whatever strands were out of place.
You imagined this was what Johnny had felt like last week when Mark accidentally petrified him in your living room. All your muscles were frozen in place, eyes unblinking as Jungwoo dutifully fixed your hair.
He gave the top of your head one last gentle pat, “There.”
“I’m sorry.” You finally managed to finish your thought from earlier. “For uhm, for bumping into you.”
Jungwoo let out a soft chuckle, and you realized that the two of you were still practically chest to chest.
“That’s okay, Y/N. Better you almost knock me over than someone else and we’ve got a pissed off dragon or something on our hands.”
“Hey,” Johnny called out, and you whipped around to look at him. He was still leaning against the car, spinning the keys around his finger as he gave you a knowing smirk. “Are we ready to go?”
“Yep!” The fairy answered cheerily, holding up the strawberry Fanta he’d bought inside.
Finally, after two more hours, many rousing car games led by the now-awake Donghyuck, and several full-car sing-alongs, you’d arrived at the coast. The vast highway gave way to meandering residential roads filled with small, colorful houses clustered together, each with a different quirky mailbox in front of it. Johnny rolled down the front windows, and you could smell the salty ocean air immediately.
A few more twisty roads later, and he slowed to a stop at the dead end of a line of houses in front of a periwinkle colored one, with a familiar small silver hatchback sedan parked out front by the mermaid-shaped mailbox.
“Huh, I thought we’d be the last ones to get here,” Johnny commented, putting his car into park as all of you starting unbuckling and getting ready to get out. Doyoung climbed out of his car to greet you all as well. “The others left before us, and we had to pick Y/N and Donghyuck up.”
There was definitely one vehicle missing, the driver of course being the one who had the key to let you into the house.
“Hey!” You hopped out of the SUV, eager to be out of the cramped backseat again. Your legs weren’t quite ready for your leap, though, but Doyoung thankfully caught you in a half-hug, half-save.
“Hey, Y/N, careful,” he chuckled. “It’s gonna be a shitty spring break if you twist your ankle on the first day.”
“What, you couldn’t magic me better?” You teased, righting yourself.
“Not this time,” he sighed. “I’m a bit tired.”
“Oh? Why?” You looked at him with concern.
“Because he made me this,” Johnny suddenly appeared next to Doyoung, slinging one arm around the witch’s neck and using the other hand to grab something from under his collar. It was a single pearl hanging from a leather cord, and he tucked it back under his shirt after he was sure you got a look at it. “An anti-Yuta charm.”
“Ahh, gotcha,” you smiled at the two of them. “They should really hand those out at orientation at school.”
Johnny let out a hearty laugh at that, giving Doyoung a head ruffle before heading off to see what the others were doing with the luggage in the back of his SUV.
After you were sure he was out of earshot, you turned back to the witch, “That must be a pretty powerful charm to have made you so tired.”
“Well, it’s a bit hard to tell a unicorn no to their face,” Doyoung rolled his eyes. “Especially Taeyong, he’s got those big round pouty eyes, you know? He asked me to make it for Johnny, said the guy was nervous about coming, even if he wasn’t showing it.”
You added, “I mean, is your fault that even happened to Johnny. You put the hex on Yuta in the first place.”
“Yeah, yeah,” Doyoung waved you off, paused, then added, “Don’t tell him he’s right.”
“Speaking of Yuta,” you said loudly, spotting a familiar vehicle in the distance, at the bottom of the hill.
The whole group burst into noisy jeers and complaints at the old blue truck as it got nearer and nearer, until Yuta had pulled all the way around and parked in the space Doyoung left empty for him in the driveway. The heckles finally quieted down when the siren climbed out of his truck to glare at you all.
“Alright!” He held his hands up in a quiet-down gesture. “Sorry to keep you guys waiting. But we’re here now.”
“What took you guys so long?” Johnny asked, starting to help the three newcomers unload the bed of the truck.
“You get lost or something?” Donghyuck teased.
Yuta immediately whirled around on the vampire, “Jaehyun, I swear to God, snitches get stitches.”
A silence fell over everybody, so quiet you swore you could’ve heard a pin drop if not for the quiet background noise of the ocean. Jaehyun was standing on the opposite side of the truck bed, holding an umbrella with one hand to cast a shadow over his face, maintaining Yuta’s eye contact with entirely neutral features.
One.
Two.
“Yuta got pulled over.”
Raucous laughter erupted around you, you yourself cackling so hard your sides hurt.
“That’s it! I’m not inviting you in!” Yuta waggled a finger at Jaehyun, then threw his hands up as he kept ranting. “Hang upside down off the roof and sleep outside for all I fucking care!”
You were doubled over now, lightheaded as you grabbed your knees and tears sprung to your eyes. Taeyong covered his mouth as he giggled, Johnny was leaning against the side of the truck for support, Donghyuck had sprouted bright yellow marigolds along his arms, Mark was rolling around clutching his stomach on the asphalt—which you imagined would’ve been too hot for anybody who wasn’t cold-blooded, Doyoung held onto you to stay upright, and when you looked at Jungwoo, you saw that his hair was flashing back and forth between brown and light pink like a twinkling star. Your cackles lightened up to soft chuckles as you couldn’t help but be transfixed by the image of the fairy’s head thrown back in joy, eyes crinkled into delighted crescents, and laughs that sounded like music reaching your ears.
“What—What did you even do, dude?” Johnny managed to ask.
“I was going like two over the speed limit, okay?” Yuta huffed, crossing his arms.
“Oh yeah, I’m sure it was only ‘like two,’” Donghyuck snorted, standing over Mark as he waited for the basilisk to finish recovering from his laughing fit. The dryad offered out a hand to help yank him back onto two feet again.
“So did you get a ticket?” Mark called out as he grabbed his luggage from Johnny’s car.
“Nope!” Yuta announced proudly.
“Oh please tell me you siren charmed your way out of a ticket,” Doyoung said hopefully, hoisting a bag onto his shoulder.
“I would never!” The siren cried out in offense, then pointed to Taeyong. “Taeyong cried a little. Cop felt so bad he let us go with a warning!”
“Is this what those legendary unicorn tears are for? Skirting traffic laws?” You laughed, following everyone up towards the entry.
“I can’t believe you’ll cry to get Yuta out of a ticket but you won’t give me one little vial of your tears!” Doyoung shook Taeyong’s shoulder as he complained.
Taeyong elbowed the witch in the side, “Yeah and this is why! You don’t know how to ask for things nicely!”
Doyoung truly had a special talent, being the only person you’d ever met who was able to rile up the normally patient unicorn so quickly. As their usual bickering escalated into jabs and slaps and kicks, you went to try to duck away from the fray, being directly between and behind them, right in the line of fire.
“Hey, you two! Watch my face!” You warned, holding up an arm defensively in front of you.
“Do I need to come back there and separate you three?” Johnny warned from where he and Yuta were standing at the front door. The rest of you were in a line of some sort leading down the wooden walkway onto the drive.
“Three?!” You repeated indignantly. “What did I do?”
“No, Johnny,” Taeyong mumbled, crossing his arms over his chest.
“Whatever,” Doyoung huffed, letting up on the little fight too. “Bet your tears would make weak ass potions anyway.”
“Oh my God, you’re actual children,” you whispered to yourself. With their backs to you and each other, you were free to mimic like you were strangling them, “I’m gonna wring your goddamn necks one of these days.”
There was a giggle from beside you, and you hadn’t even realized that you’d ended up squished next to Jungwoo until right then. When you looked over, he was already looking at you with a smile on his face, and the split second of eye contact warmed you even more than the sunshine.
“What’s the hold-up, Yuta?” Donghyuck yelled from the very back.
“Door’s— just— a— bit— stuck—” Every word from Yuta was punctuated by the siren ramming his shoulder against said door. “God— fuckin— Oh!” He suddenly stumbled forward as the door finally gave way. “There we fuckin’ go!”
Everyone rushed in, stopping just inside of the living room. Well, almost everyone.
“Yuta.” Jaehyun was still standing on the welcome mat outside.
“Did you think I was kidding, you little tick?”
“Yuta,” Taeyong sighed.
“Fine,” Yuta huffed, dragging out the word. “Jaehyun, please come in.”
As Jaehyun lowered his umbrella and stepped in, you looked around where you would be staying for the next week. It was cozy, the beachy aesthetics perfectly encapsulated in the kitschy décor that was plastered all around the living room and attached kitchenette that you’d landed in. But it was kind of… small.
“Hey, Yuta?” Doyoung turned to the siren.
Yuta shut the door behind Jaehyun, “Yeah?”
“There’s enough space for all of us to sleep, right?”
“What? Of course… I think.”
“Feels like we’re kids again,” Donghyuck sighed wistfully. “Twin beds, no privacy, I get to listen to your snoring all night.”
“At least we got beds,” you pointed out, heaving your suitcase up onto your own narrow mattress.
You two had been given what looked like a kids’ room, two twin beds on white wicker bed frames with matching nightstands, and a mural of fantastical sea life painted on the walls with friendly, animated faces. Some of the others weren’t so lucky. Jungwoo and Doyoung got a similar setup to you and Donghyuck, bunkbeds; Taeyong and Yuta were sharing the king bed in the master bedroom; Jaehyun and Johnny had bravely taken the couches (Jaehyun rightly pointed out that he didn’t sleep much anyway), with Mark’s air mattress on the living room floor.
“And nobody on the floor that we have to worry about stepping on in the middle of the night.”
“You know what we should do?”
Donghyuck looked at you with a conspiratorial grin, “Sleepover protocol?”
You nodded firmly, “Sleepover protocol.”
And a succinct ten minutes later, your beds and nightstands had been pushed together, the sheets pulled taut over the posts and lamps, vines and branches supporting the construction where needed: a blanket fort, the form of which had been perfected over years of sleepovers growing up. As you laid inside shoulder-to-shoulder with Donghyuck, you looked up at the ceiling of the fort, watching as he sprouted flowers and leaves along it.
Once he’d finished, he held up his hand expectantly, and you immediately gave him a satisfyingly snappy high-five.
A couple soft knocks came at the open bedroom door, followed by a voice, “Hey, Y/N— Woah!” Jungwoo’s sentence stopped short as he took in the scene before him. “You two got that up quick.”
Donghyuck looked over at you, a mischievous smirk already on his lips, before he innocently replied to the fairy, “Oh, and you should see the inside! Here, Jungwoo, I was just about to go see if Mark needed any help with his air mattress anyway!”
You darted your hand out to pinch him as he sat up on his knees. He hissed in pain as you managed to get some skin, swatted your fingers away, then crawled out of the fort. A second later the entire room mysteriously got darker, then Jungwoo’s head popped in at the entrance to the fort, playful glint in his eye, “Is there a password?”
You shook your head as best you could lying down, “Hyuck and I didn’t get to make one before he just ditched me.”
“What kind of blanket fort is this with no password?” Jungwoo clicked his tongue disapprovingly as he scooched into the empty space your friend had created, his right side now pressed against your left.
“Well then help me think of one, in case anyone else comes barging in,” you nudged his arm that was beside yours.
“I didn’t come barging in, I knocked.”
“Mhm.”
“You know what else this fort needs? In addition to a password.”
“What?”
“Some lights.”
“Okay well Donghyuck apparently turned the lights off on his way out, don’t fault the fort for that.”
“I was thinking something more like…” Jungwoo raised his left hand, and you watched as his fingertips danced across the flowers on the ceiling of the fort. In their wake, small dots of glowing golden light were nestled between the petals and leaves of the plants. You couldn’t help the small gasp that left your mouth at the utterly enchanting sight above you, it looked like a sea of tiny, twinkling stars had been captured and put in a field of flowers just for you.
You’d never really seen Jungwoo do much magic in the time that you’d known him. Sure, he owned the odd magic item here and there, pretty much all your friends did thanks to Doyoung, or by way of their own magical community. And of course, the changing hair color, but that seemed more accidental or incidental rather than intentional. But you were hard pressed to think of a time that Jungwoo had really put his fairy powers on display in any distinguished capacity in front of you.
“Woos, this is… It’s unbelievable. Just beautiful…” You sighed out, reaching a hand up towards one of the flowers directly above you—a pink carnation—before you dropped it back down to rest on your stomach, thinking that touching the mysterious magical light might be a bad idea. Turning your head to the side, you looked over at Jungwoo, only to nearly jump out of your skin when you saw him already looking at you. Your noses were nearly touching, and you jerked your head back a tiny bit to regain your bearings.
You snapped your gaze back up to the ceiling quickly, “Uhm, so, what were you coming to our room for? It sounded like you needed something.”
“Johnny and them wanted help unpacking all the cars, so I was sent to get you and Donghyuck. But if he went out there looking for Mark, Johnny definitely found him, so…” Jungwoo shrugged. “I think we can stay here for a little while longer.”
It wasn’t until late afternoon that everything was finally together enough for you all to head down to the beach. Most of the group had taken off by the time you’d emerged from your room in your swimsuit and coverup. Jaehyun was still in the living room, standing at the little breakfast bar that separated the couches from the kitchenette. He was rubbing presumably sunscreen onto his skin, the tube set onto the counter beside him. As you walked by him towards the fridge, you were able to spot the little cartoon vampire fangs on the black bottle—special formula to keep him from burning to a crisp.
The fridge was empty save for some mysterious jars filled with a glittering purple liquid which you chalked up to Doyoung, and therefore opted to leave alone.
“Did the others bring a cooler down with all the drinks?” You turned around to ask the vampire.
He nodded as he went to get his ears and neck next. Most of him would be covered by his t-shirt and swim trunks, at least.
“Don’t forget the tops of your feet.”
“Thank you.” He bent down to slather up from the knees down as well.
“Are we the last ones?”
Jaehyun nodded again.
“Alright, ready to go? Need anything else? Hat? Sunglasses? Umbrella?”
He grabbed a pair of dark, mirrored sunglasses that were also on the counter, his sunscreen, then gave you a nod. You nodded back, slid on your sunglasses, and shouldered your bag of beach items before moving to open the back door for your friend. Jaehyun hissed as soon as he stepped out, and you squinted your eyes as you did too. You could see your friends all along the beach already. A couple large umbrellas were set up with several beach chairs, folding chairs, and towels under them; a volleyball net was being put up; a firepit was in fact a little further down the beach; there were some little dots in the water that could be heads bobbing along with the waves; and a couple figures were chasing each other in the surf. From this distance, you were pretty sure those last two were Donghyuck and Mark.
“You know, Jaehyun, you don’t do much to dispel those vampire stereotypes,” you patted him on the back as you started down the boardwalk-lined walkway. “Hissing when you see the sun, being the weirdest fucking dude in the room.”
“I’m not trying to dispel any stereotypes,” he deadpanned. “The Sun hurts my eyes.”
“Why did you come to Cape Solaria then?”
It was then that one of the people who had been sitting down under an umbrella turned around, and you were able to identify them as Taeyong, who gave the two of you a big wave paired with an even bigger smile. You waved back. Jaehyun lifted his hand for a moment before dropping it back down by his side.
“All of you were coming. And I think… I think it would’ve made Taeyong sad, if we weren’t all together.”
You looked over at the vampire thoughtfully, and saw that same blank expression as always. But this time you decided that you could see some kind of fondness there, for Taeyong, for you, for all of your friends. You always joked about Jaehyun being emotionless, but you knew that he was human just a few years ago, had all the same mushy stuff churning inside him then as you did now. He didn’t talk a lot, so when you got to hear these rare moments from him, you were reminded of that fact. And you had to think that no, he wasn’t emotionless, he just felt it and expressed it differently than you were expecting him to.
“I think you’re right, Jaehyun,” you grabbed his forearm to steady yourself to take off your flip-flops now that you’d reached the sand. You let out a sigh at the warm sand between your toes. Giving his cold limb an appreciative squeeze, you then let it go, “Thank you, for coming with us. I’m glad you’re here, and I know Taeyong and the rest of the guys are, too.”
The vampire was quiet as the two of you finished your short walk to join the others who were under the two colorful umbrellas. Taeyong had saved a fully-shaded chair for Jaehyun. You plopped your bag down on a towel that you recognized as Donghyuck’s.
Doyoung was on a reclining beach chair, floppy hat brim pulled slightly down over his face as if he were taking a nap. In just a pair of swim trunks, the ritual tattoos on his torso, arms, and neck were on full display in all their inky blackness. Thick, bold, intricate strokes that reminded you of tree branches winding across his skin. What you did know about them was mostly gathered from context clues, what the witch had freely brought up in conversation. Doyoung relied more-so on grounding and building his internal power through long, studied rituals, which you figured was why he had more tattoos than other witches you knew, such as Liu Yangyang in your Properties of Mystical Ingredients class, who favored potions and quick incantations—i.e., hexes, charms, and curses. The latter was magic that could be drawn from external magical sources like certain crystals or metals, hence the usual menagerie of jewelry that could almost get Yangyang mistaken for a dragon if it weren’t for his lack of slit pupils and fangs.
The cooler was at the witch’s feet, and you flipped it open to root around through the ice before securing your drink of choice. Turning around to face the ocean, you took in a deep breath of the salty air. It really was spring break. Mark and Donghyuck were splashing each other in the shallows, about shin-deep in the water. Mark, in an attempt to get away, dove in and paddled further out, where another figure was moving around with a speed and agility that made you stop and look with awe.
Yuta was fully in his element here, quite literally swimming circles around Mark, who was now treading water. Holding up a hand to block out some of the Sun and get a better look, you swore Yuta’s legs were gone, and replaced by a… yep, that was definitely a tail, long, thin, and powerful. It was the same silvery iridescent that you had seen peeks of with his other scales, catching blue, purple, and pink in the Sun when it popped up out of the water. Two large fins were at the end of it, and a dorsal fin went from his still-human back down through where it turned into the tail.
You slowly walked towards the water to get a better look, paying Donghyuck no mind as he didn’t seem to be interested in going after the basilisk. As Yuta slowed to instead do some rather ominous circles around Mark, you noted more fins had grown along his forearms as well. It looked like some gill slits were on his neck, too.
“Yuta, if you drown me, I swear to… something, I will become a ghost and haunt your fishy ass,” Mark went to splash the siren, who simply dove underwater, then popped up behind the basilisk.
“And I promised to everybody possible, including snake Jesus or whatever you have, that I wasn’t going to drown anybody,” Yuta pointed out, beginning to circle him again, an absolutely devilish grin on his lips. “That doesn’t mean I can’t play with you a little.”
“Ugh, you make everything sound so weird, can’t you just say that we’re swimming?”
“Nope!” Yuta dove down again with a flick of his tail.
“Shit! Where’d he go?!”
You laughed, taking a sip of your drink before there were suddenly two wet hands over your sunglasses and you let out a screech, “Jesus Christ!”
“Close!” A familiar voice said cheerfully. “Guess again.”
“Hyuck!” You jutted an elbow behind you, satisfied when you made contact with wet skin, and heard a grunt.
“Correct!” He wasn’t as cheery this time, hands still over your eyes. “You know, that would’ve hurt if it weren’t for my six-pack that I’ve been honing at the gym all year.”
You snorted, “Your what that you’ve been honing at the where?”
“Fair,” your friend sighed. “Anyway, are you ready?”
You were immediately on edge for whatever he was about to do to you. Splashing you, throwing you in the water, pushing your head underwater, any number of things immediately came to mind.
“For what?”
His hands suddenly clamped down over your head as he forcibly turned you around, and you grabbed onto his arm for support as you yelped and protested this, the sand underneath you uneven, especially with you currently being blinded. Donghyuck’s voice was closer to your ear as he whispered, “Well, to see Jungwoo shirtless, of course.”
“Oh God, Hyuck! Shut the fuck up!” You blindly threw a hand back in an attempt to smack some part of his face, but just found empty air this time. “We’re not in middle school anymore! I can handle seeing a dude at the beach!”
“Ok-ay…” He replied in a sing-song voice, clearly not believing you, at the same time that he finally took his hands off your face.
You had to blink your eyes a few times to readjust to the brightness of the sunny afternoon. Donghyuck had pointed you straight at the volleyball net that was now fully constructed, where Johnny was on one side. The human was holding a volleyball against his hip with one hand as he conversed with Jungwoo on the other side of the net, who was in a pair of yellow swim trunks and a white tank top.
Just as you were about to turn around and smack Dongyhuck for real this time, Jungwoo grabbed the back of his collar and pulled the shirt over his head. You willed yourself to look literally anywhere else, but your eyes embarrassingly kept watching as he tossed the shirt to the side, laughing at something that Johnny had just said. This was entirely unfair, was he actually, literally, sparkling in the sunlight? Or was that just you?
“Hey, Y/N!” Johnny waved at you.
If this were a teen movie, there would be a record scratch right here. Your stomach plummeted as you frantically tried to calculate how long exactly you had been staring in their direction. You gave a meek wave as Jungwoo spun around to look in your direction too.
“Y/N!” Jungwoo called out, this time waving you over. Oh great, no getting out of this one.
You weakly shuffled over towards them, keeping your gaze on literally anything except Jungwoo’s bare torso. “What’s up?”
“Do you—”
Jungwoo was cut off by a shriek from the water.
“Yuta! Shark!” Mark yelled as he paddled back towards the shore.
“Yeah, this is Bear,” Yuta seemed entirely unfazed by the small dorsal fin meandering along around him.
The basilisk stopped to look at him in disbelief, “Bear the shark?”
“Blacktip shark, if you want to be specific,” the siren shrugged. “And he’s just a baby. He’s barely three feet.”
“Oh, fuck this,” Mark shook his head, resuming his journey back to the beach. “You and Bear have fun out here by yourselves.”
Returning your focus to the two men in front of you, you looked up at Jungwoo questioningly, “Uhm, so…?”
“Did you want to play?” Jungwoo asked.
“Oh, no, Woos, that’s okay,” you shook your head quickly.
“Really? You were looking over here pretty intently,” he pointed out, and the little half-smirk that played across his lips almost looked knowing. He leaned down towards you, momentarily blotting out the sun, “Seems like you wanted something. If not volleyball then…?”
Oh, you needed to get the hell out of here. Between Jungwoo’s everything, Johnny’s ‘oh really?’ head tilt, and the heat, you very much felt like you could pass out any second.
“Nah, you know, I don’t think three people would really work for teams anyway,” you rushed to say, scratching anxiously at the back of your neck.
“Hey Doyoung!” Johnny bellowed out over yours and Jungwoo’s heads, cutting off whatever the fairy was about to say in response.
The witch flipped up the brim his hat to squint at the three of you, “Eh?”
Johnny held up the volleyball, “Wanna play? We need a magic fourth to make it even!”
“What? Big strong Johnny can’t beat one fairy and a human all on his own?” Doyoung sighed as he started meandering over. “You need little ol’ me to come help?”
Jungwoo’s eyes sparkled mischievously as he straightened back up to address Doyoung, “So we’re allowing magic then?”
“Only on the ball, not the players,” the witch laid out the ground rules.
“How about on the ball, and on you and me? No magic on Johnny and Y/N,” Jungwoo countered.
Doyoung took a moment to contemplate this, then nodded, “Fine.”
You caught Johnny’s gaze, his wide eyes mirroring your own. Accepting that you weren’t getting out of this, you set your drink down by Jungwoo’s shirt.
“So how will we know who wins?” You questioned.
Doyoung and Johnny exchanged a glance before the human answered confidently, “Oh, we’ll know.”
You narrowed your eyes at them. “Okay… but just in case, first to ten?”
“First to ten.” Johnny confirmed, sticking his hand through a small tear in the net. You shook it firmly.
As you all backed away from the net to take your places, he tossed the volleyball over the net to you.
“Here. You can serve first.”
“How kind,” you scoffed as you caught it, then turned to your teammate. “Do you want to serve, or should I?”
“You go for it, Y/N,” Jungwoo said, eyes focused over your shoulder. “I’ll be doing a little defense.”
“A little… oh.” You turned and saw Doyoung and Johnny conversing much like you and Jungwoo were, the smaller looking over at the ball in your hand. “What do you think he’s gonna do?”
“Nothing you have to worry about,” the fairy patted the top of your head. “You and Johnny are off-limits, remember?”
“I know…” you mumbled, looking down at the volleyball in your hands intently. “Just wondering.”
Backing all the way up to the designated edge of the makeshift court, you waited until everyone looked like they were in place, then tossed the ball up to serve. It started a clear arc heading over the net towards Johnny, who was getting ready to set it back up, until it suddenly changed direction, veering off towards Doyoung. The witch got his hands up at the last second, bumping it back towards his teammate.
Johnny hit back over the net, to which Jungwoo set it high for you.
“Y/N!”
“Got it!” You jumped up, spiking the ball down over the net as hard as you could.
Doyoung went to save it, but his foot seemed to catch on something as he fell to the ground, landing just short of it. You had to hold back your laughter at the comical trip and tumble that he’d taken, sand flying up around him.
“Hell yeah, Y/N!” Jungwoo came up to you with two hands up, and you immediately slammed your palms against his in a satisfying double high-five. He laced his fingers through yours before you could pull back, a bright grin on his face as he gave your hands a squeeze then let them go.
“Doyoung, are you okay?” You checked in on your friend as he brushed the sand off his knees and you all reset your positions.
“Oh, I’m great, Y/N. I’m having fun, promise,” he assured you, then focused a hard stare on Jungwoo. He pointed at the fairy accusatorily, “You, on the other hand, are not about to be!”
“Try me!” Jungwoo yelled back, a smile tugging at the corner of his mouth.
Johnny gave you another bewildered look. You shrugged; magic teasing and taunts were commonplace at playdates growing up with Donghyuck, it wasn’t unheard of for the two of you to alter the rules of common kids games to accommodate his powers. This was just the first time you’d seen it at this magnitude of power. Well, sort of. It was the first time you’d seen adults do it like this.
Johnny served this time, and while the ball was initially going straight for the space in between you and Jungwoo, you backed away to let Jungwoo lunge forward for it. A few more passes between the two teams happened without much incident, until Johnny went to pass it to Doyoung, but way overshot it.
“Shit! Sorry— oh.” Johnny’s apology turned into wide-eyed surprise as the ball suddenly disappeared into thin air.
Then reappeared directly above Jungwoo’s head. It plummeted straight down, bouncing off his head, hitting the net, and coming to a final rest on the ground. You didn’t bother with the volleyball, rushing over to check on the fairy as he fell to his knees, holding his head.
“Ooh! Are you alright, Woos?” You asked, wincing sympathetically.
“No,” he bemoaned, eyes screwed shut. “I think I need... I need someone to... to kiss me better.”
You could feel yourself glitching out in real time, your hand that had been reaching out towards his head freezing in mid-air, your eyes blinking in rapid succession as you tried to grasp what he’d just said.
After two beats of neither of you moving, perfect statues, like the weirdest Baroque painting you could find at a museum, Jungwoo squinted one of his eyes open to look at you. You held his eye contact, stupefied.
“Hey! If you’re not concussed, can we get a move on with the game?” Johnny called out, startling you into pulling your hand back like you’d been burned. “We’re 1 to 1 and I’d really like to get back to beating you guys!”
“We’ll finish our melodrama another time,” Jungwoo whispered to you before jumping to his feet. He patted you on the back, “Now come on, I need my superstar partner back!”
You shook your head as you jogged back over to your side of the court, desperately trying to clear your mind. Volleyball. Volleyball. Not kissing Jungwoo. Just volleyball. Definitely not Jungwoo grabbing you by the waist and—
“Y/N!”
You looked up at the sound of Jungwoo’s voice, just in time to see the ball sailing over the net towards you. A little slower than it should’ve been, you realized. But that gave you the extra split second you needed to react, bumping it over to the fairy. He sent it back to you, and you leapt up to spike it back down. A satisfying wave of sand parted around the volleyball as it struck the ground like a small meteor, Johnny missing his save as it flew past him with way more force and speed than you had imparted on it.
“Two-one,” you pointed out as Doyoung set up for his serve.
Now with your head sufficiently back in the game, you and Jungwoo kept racking up points as the match continued. Four-two, seven-three, eight-three, nine-four.
Jungwoo and Doyoung were at maximum magical shenanigans now, and the entire group had gathered around the court to watch. It was a chaotic cacophony of tripping, speeding volleyballs, and ignoring the laws of physics and plate tectonics, all interspersed with very mundane passes by you and Johnny.
You hit the volleyball over. It wasn’t a perfect set-up, nor a perfect hit by you either. The ball was sailing directly in front of Doyoung, he could just take two steps forward and get it, no magic necessary. Except as he went to do so, a circle of red-capped mushrooms appeared around him, and he dropped his foot in a childish stomp. The volleyball hit the ground, rolling to a stop at the gathered crowd’s feet.
But you were buzzing with way too much excitement to pay him any mind. That was ten points.
“Yes!” You pumped a fist in the air, bouncing up and down as you turned around, seeking out your teammate.
Jungwoo was beaming, once again holding up two hands for you, and you high-fived him, expectantly leaving your palms resting against his for a split-second after. He laced his fingers with yours, squeezing your hands even tighter this time. You swore his grin was brighter than the Sun.
He let your hands go only to nonchalantly throw an arm around your shoulders, half-dragging and half-leading you up to the net to address your opponents.
“I’m sorry, Johnny, what was that about you beating us?” Jungwoo teased.
The human chuckled, looking over at the pair of you with a grin, “My bad. Good job, guys. You two are good together.”
“Jungwoo.” Doyoung cut in sternly, tapping his foot impatiently. He was still encircled by mushrooms. “The fairy ring.”
“Right. Sorry!” Jungwoo said brightly, and the fungi disappeared as quickly as they had appeared.
“No you’re not.” The witch shook his head.
“All’s fair in love and sport.”
You squinted up at him, “That’s not the—”
The four of you were suddenly swarmed by the others, either jeering at Doyoung and Johnny for losing, congratulating you and Jungwoo on your win, or also jeering at you and Jungwoo for winning. It was a mass of teasing, pushing, pulling, yelling, and shaking. One particular tug from Yuta and Donghyuck knocked you loose from under Jungwoo’s arm, but you were too busy laughing to really care.
As the Sun began to set, you all congregated around the firepit and the four benches there. Yuta, Johnny, and Taeyong were looking very much like three dads at a barbeque as they prepared the fire itself— Johnny insisted on doing it the human way for “authenticity” instead of one of the magical beings magicking a flame. Doyoung and Mark were grabbing the s’mores ingredients from the house while Jungwoo and Jaehyun chatted as they watched the three preparing the wood. You and Donghyuck were sat together on another bench, giggling as you played with a little sandpiper that had been following the dryad around since his arrival. The bird hopped from your hands to Donghyuck’s, then back.
“Thank Pan it’s not seagulls this time.” You gingerly stroked its head as it perched on your friend’s shoulder. Usually you wouldn’t dare to touch or approach wild animals on your own, but they all liked Donghyuck, and he made sure they were never in distress from your interactions.
You remembered coming to the Cape with Donghyuck and your parents as a kid, and instead of a cute sandpiper, he had instead befriended some obnoxious seagulls.
“Hey, those guys were great,” Donghyuck scoffed. “It’s not my fault you didn’t get their jokes.”
“And it’s not my fault that I don’t have a telepathic connection with animals.” You scoffed. “Is this one a comedian too?”
“No, she’s a quiet one. Just chillin’ out with us.”
Johnny let out a loud whoop, and you looked up to spot a little flame starting in the very heart of the pit. The three of them all exchanged enthusiastic high-fives and pats on the back.
Doyoung and Mark returned soon after with all the s’mores ingredients, as well as some more drinks. The cooler had already been emptied earlier in the evening. You took whatever drink Doyoung pushed into your hand, and the marshmallow on a stick Mark put in your other hand.
Jungwoo ended up sitting next to you at some point, knee bumping against yours every so often, you didn’t remember when that happened, but everyone was talking and laughing as the fire roared. Your face was warmed by the flames as you rotated your marshmallow, watching it turn golden. You’d lost track of what number this was.
“Can’t believe we get a whole week here,” you sighed contentedly, watching over all your friends having fun.
Jungwoo was quiet, and you were about to look at him, except your marshmallow caught fire, and you pulled it back quickly to blow it out. He laughed from beside you, and you glanced over to catch a glimpse of his smile, glowing by the light of the fire. You found that he was already watching you.
You diverted your eyes to grab your plate and assemble the s’more. “Do you want this one, Woos?”
“I’ll take the next one, Y/N. Thanks.”
Lifting the treat up, you took a bite, the melted chocolate and marshmallow immediately oozing out the sides. After finishing it, you were about to grab whatever was left of your drink when Jungwoo touched your arm.
“Y/N, hold on.”
“Hm?” You turned back to looked up at him.
Then Jungwoo’s hand was gently gripping your chin, his thumb swiping at the corner of your mouth and just barely grazing over the edge of your bottom lip. His hand was gone as quick as it had appeared, leaving a hot buzz under your skin in the wake of his touch. You couldn’t pull your eyes from him as he then brought his thumb up to his lips, cleaning off the digit. Your entire body was thrumming now. Hot, hotter than the fire was making you. His eyes glittered, and it definitely didn’t remind you of craft store glitter this time.
“You had chocolate on your face,” he explained, his voice almost sounding like he was teasing you. But this wasn’t like his usual jokes, there was an unfamiliar tension. He didn’t giggle after.
Your tongue instinctively darted out to lick that same spot, and you could taste the faint remnants of the chocolate bar used for the s’more. You swore his eyes followed the movement.
“Th-thanks, Woos,” you stuttered. Grabbing another marshmallow from your plate, you were in a daze as you said, “Here, I’ll make yours now.”
When the fire was eventually put out, chairs and umbrellas packed up, and the less tipsy of you had helped the more drunk of you into bed, you could finally retire to your blanket fort with Donghyuck. But no matter how late it was, how physically tired you felt, you couldn’t sleep. You knew your roommate wasn’t asleep yet either, he’d just put his phone down a couple minutes ago.
You stared up at the ceiling of your fort, at the dimming dots that Jungwoo had put up that afternoon, and let out a deep sigh. “I feel like I’m going crazy, Hyuck.”
The mattress creaked under him as he shifted onto his side. “Why?”
“Jungwoo…”
He snorted. “Hate to be the one to break this to you: You’ve been crazy for him since the fall.”
“I know,” you whined half-heartedly, not even having it in you to smack him around a little like usual. “But usually he just exists near me and I melt into a puddle. Today, I swear it felt like I was going to die.”
“Oh, at the volleyball game?”
“You saw that?”
“Y/N, it was hard not to. If he were a werewolf, I would’ve thought he was scenting you.”
“Uh…” You completely lost your train of thought, eyes focusing and unfocusing on the lights above you.
Donghyuck snapped his fingers in front of your face, “Earth to Y/N.”
“Stop it,” you shoved his hand away.
“Oh there we go, you’re back.”
“Anyway, it wasn’t just what you saw at the volleyball game.”
And so you recounted every weird little thing that happened just that day with Jungwoo to your friend. The car ride, the fort, the volleyball game before Donghyuck started watching, the goddamn s’mores. If you were talking to anybody other than your best friend, you would’ve been mortified to relay all this to him, to admit both how badly all this had affected you and that you’d remembered every single detail of every single incident.
“Y/N.” The dryad said calmly after you had finished.
“Yes?” You held your breath, ready to be told that you were in fact crazy, and getting worked up over nothing, and desperately needed to get your head screwed back on properly.
“You want to kiss him so bad you’re making yourself look stupid. Of course he was flirting with you.”
And somehow being validated was even worse.
You covered your face with your hands, shaking your head back and forth, “Nonononono.”
“What’s the issue here? You’ve been into him without making any moves for a few months now, and he’s like… very obviously showing interest.”
“I needed you to tell me I was wrong, Hyuck! Not fuel my stupid daydreams! God, I’m going to be absolutely delusional now.”
“Or, I'm right—as I usually am—and you can finally do something about it.”
You let out a prolonged noise that was something between a whine and a groan, crossing your arms over your chest.
Donghyuck mimicked the sound you’d made. “I’m confused, do you actually want to date him or not? I can’t tell sometimes.”
“I do, I do,” you said. “I just… I don’t know. What if he’s just being nice? My headphones had died, you know, he just didn’t want me to be bored on that long car ride. And the fort, I mean you and I are sleeping in here together and I’m not accusing you of wanting to date me. Then the volleyball game, we’re friends and we had just won, you know, he was probably just excited and he’s a sweet guy, he's kind of touchy in general with everyone, right?”
Your words were met with silence, and you braced yourself for whatever opinion Donghyuck had on your rant. But as the silence dragged on, you looked over at him. His eyes were shut, shoulders rising and falling with each breath as he was comfortably tucked under his blanket.
You couldn’t even be mad at him, giving him a fond smile, “Yeah... Goodnight, Hyuck.”
SUNDAY
You were one of the first ones up that morning, and ate breakfast with the earlier risers: Taeyong, Doyoung, Jaehyun, and Johnny. More were beginning to stir throughout the house as the first of you finished breakfast and cleared out of the kitchen to make room for the next wave. Taeyong and Doyoung caught up to you in the narrow hallway that held all the bedrooms and one bathroom.
“Sure, where are you going?” You questioned, pressing to one wall to allow a zombified Donghyuck to walk by.
“There’s a coven nearby that runs an apothecary downtown I want to check out.”
“Doie also wants to get an invite to their dawn sacraments next Sunday,” Taeyong added knowingly.
Doyoung rolled his eyes, but his lack of denial was confirmation enough.
“Yeah, I’d love to come!” You nodded enthusiastically. “But are you sure you want me to? Or that I’m like, allowed to?”
“Of course!” The witch reassured you.
Taeyong added, “Just don’t touch something if you don’t know what it is.”
“To be safe.”
It was a short ride into downtown Cape Solaria, which was comprised of just a couple small cross streets. Colorfully painted storefronts with wooden signs for a candy shop, flower shop, bakery, several different restaurants, bar and pool hall, among other things. And tucked at the end of all of them, a simple sign that just said Apothecary. Street parking was easy to find, and you wondered if it was always like that or just because you were there so early in the morning.
You kept close to your friends in the store. The aisles were narrow, as it seemed like the owners had packed as many shelving units in here as possible. They were filled with jars of herbs, vials of liquids, and bowls of crystals. Some things were familiar to you, some were not. You kept your hands to yourself nevertheless.
Taeyong and Doyoung would occasionally pick something up and show it to the other, and they would either nod or shake their head as to whether it would be purchased. You knew the two of them had been friends for some time, despite their bickering, but you realized then that you didn’t actually know for how long.
“Can I ask you guys something?” You spoke up from where you were beside Doyoung, who was perusing jars of various powders. Taeyong was examining some of the larger crystal formations.
“Can I ask you something first?” Doyoung countered.
“Oh, sure. It’s only fair.”
“Is your question about somebody?”
“Uh, yeah?”
They looked over their shoulders at each other, matching smirks growing on their faces before turning back to their individual sides of the aisle.
“Of course, Y/N,” Taeyong answered for them.
Opting not to address that little moment, you went ahead with your real question. “So how did you two meet?”
Doyoung immediately hissed, “Taeyong, I swear I will—”
“What, Doie? Hex me?” Taeyong laughed. “You really need to try to talk things out with people before jumping right to hexing. This is how you nearly get your friend drowned in your bathtub.”
“Yeah, whatever,” he grumbled back.
“I’ll take that as a concession that I’m right.” The unicorn hummed happily. “Anyway, Y/N, to answer your question, my mom ended up marrying a witch from Doyoung’s coven when I was ten. So Doyoung and I have known each other since we were kids, kind of like you and Donghyuck.”
You regarded Taeyong curiously. “Oh, so you grew up in a coven even though you’re not a witch?”
“Yes, but we still participated in most things the coven did. Unicorns can do some magic too, you know.”
“If you can call two families a coven,” Doyoung muttered. He clarified a bit louder, “In our town, the only witches are my family and Taeyong’s. Covens are usually at least five families.”
“And now you and I have got a two-person coven, Doie. It’s not how many, it’s what you are to each other.”
“Gross.”
Taeyong rolled his eyes, turning his focus to you, “He knows that, he likes to pretend like he’s still nine years old and believes in cooties or something.”
“Why didn’t you want Taeyong to tell me that, Doyoung?” You questioned.
“It’s what usually comes next,” Doyoung sighed, picking up a couple black crystals.
“How we came to university,” Taeyong offered.
“Oh yeah, if you had a coven back home, why’d you come to college?” You tilted your head. Covens were family for witches, both spiritually and literally. To leave their coven and come to college wasn’t entirely unheard of, but also wasn’t a typical trajectory for young witches.
“I didn’t care about higher education one way or another, but Doyoung really wanted to do it. He didn’t want to go by himself, though. Begged me to come with him.”
Doyoung snapped around, “Fuck the hex, I’m just going to find some duct tape and—”
Taeyong kept speaking to you, voice fond as he recalled the memory, “I mean, he spent his entire life in the coven, that was all he knew, of course it was scary for him to leave. I was terrified too, of leaving my moms and coming here. But brave little Doie still wanted to go, so I told him of course I would go with him. We were a coven, after all.”
“I hate when you do that,” Doyoung huffed, moving onto some herbs.
“Do what?” Taeyong asked humorously.
“Be nice so I can’t be mean to you. Why can’t you just spike my tea to give me bunny ears so I can put wartweed in your acne cream?”
You couldn’t help but laugh at the image of Doyoung with bunny ears and poor Taeyong with warts on his face.
“Because we’re not in middle school anymore,” Taeyong grabbed a few small jars. “But if you want to start a prank war, I’m sure Jungwoo would want to get in on it too. And after seeing you get your ass kicked at volleyball yesterday, I would love it if he did.”
You all were now going down the next aisle, which was primarily live plants. You felt something brush against your arm, and looked down to see a lover’s embrace vine from the top shelf beginning to wind itself around your forearm.
“Ack! No, no,” you said sternly, gently brushing at it. It got the idea, retreating back up to the top shelf. Thankfully it was a young one that hadn’t bloomed yet, so you were actually in your right mind to shoo it off.
Meanwhile, Taeyong and Doyoung were still bickering like an old married couple.
“I did not ‘get my ass kicked.’”
“Ten to four, Doyoung.”
“Hey—”
“And you kept eating sand too.”
“Not my fault he thought tripping me was just as funny the fifth time as it was the first time.”
“He was right.”
“And my partner—”
“Oh yeah, blame the human,” Taeyong clicked his tongue and shook his head in disapproval.
“Don’t put words in my mouth! All I’m saying is that Johnny played like he thought the ball was going to explode if he hit it too hard. Y/N actually knew how to play off of Jungwoo’s magic.”
Both of them turned back to look at you.
You raised your eyebrows curiously, “Hm? Yeah, I mean, I grew up with plenty of magical hijinks with Donghyuck.”
“And…?” Doyoung prompted you further.
“And… Jungwoo and I are lab partners, so we already work together a bunch, I guess?” You filled in, voice pitched up as if it were all a question, not exactly sure what they were expecting from you.
They were still looking at you.
“Come on, guys, give Johnny a break, I think he’s done pretty well at keeping up with all of us, all things considered. And the poor guy had to deal with Mark molting last year.”
“Speaking of—” Doyoung peered around, “Have you guys seen rattlesnake skin?”
MONDAY
A crack of thunder woke you up that morning. You groaned, pulling your blanket over your eyes and rolling over. Instead of hitting Donghyuck like you’d expected, you instead just found more empty space. Squinting one eye open, you saw that the fort was entirely vacant of your dryad roommate.
With a frown, you shimmied out of the fort, wrapping one of your blankets around yourself to go look for him. He wasn’t in your room at all.
More thunder boomed outside and lightning flashed, illuminating the house as you shuffled through the hall. Johnny and Mark were peacefully asleep in the living room. And that’s where you found Donghyuck, sitting silently at the kitchen table with Jaehyun, watching the rain pelt against the windows.
Their backs were to you, and as you got closer you could see that the dryad had a steaming mug in front of him.
“Hey,” you whispered, gently setting your hand on his shoulder.
“Oh, hey, Y/N,” Donghyuck’s hand fidgeted with the handle. “I couldn’t sleep, and didn’t want to wake you up by tossing and turning.”
You squeezed his shoulder, “Thanks.”
The dryad always got sort of antsy with big storms like this. Just like Taeyong’s mood was influenced by the emotions of the people around him, Donghyuck was sensitive to the weather. A storm as tumultuous as this was definitely affecting him.
“So what do you got there?” You referenced his drink.
“Hot chocolate. We didn’t have any milk to mix with the packet though, so I had to use water,” he wrinkled his nose. “I’m going to ask Doyoung to make me some tea when he wakes up.”
“Ooh, that sounds good.”
“Sucks about the beach, though. No way we’ll be able to go anywhere in this.”
“Oh, I’m sure this will blow over by morning,” you rubbed his back soothingly.
The storm raged on all day, leaving the nine of you stuck inside. By lunchtime, you had exhausted all of the board games that you could find in the house, and you were becoming painfully aware of just how tiny the space was with all of you in here for hours on end.
“Bad news, gang,” Johnny announced from the kitchen, where he had gone to start on dinner preparations. If it weren’t for your phones and rumbling stomachs, you wouldn’t even know that it was time for dinner. The storm outside had kept the sky pitch black and devoid of sunlight all day, and the clocks on the stove and TV were each an hour off in different directions, the stove an hour behind and the TV an hour ahead.
Most of you were sprawled out in various places between the breakfast nook, living room, and kitchen table.
“What, Johnny?” Taeyong called back.
“We’re out of beer.”
A chorus of groans erupted around you.
“That’s it!” Yuta stood up from the couch, taking off down the hall. He came back out with a pair of rain boots and thick coat on. “I am not going to be stuck in here for another second sober. I’ll be back.”
“You’re going to get wet,” Johnny frowned.
Yuta stared at him blankly from where his hand was on the door, silvery eyes flashing with the lightning.
Then your human friend finally seemed to realize, “Oh. Right. Get some pizza too, will you?”
And the siren was gone, slamming the door behind him.
You were playing a game of Uno with Mark, Jaehyun, and Donghyuck that was quickly approaching mutinous with regards to stacking +2 cards on top of +4s, when the front door was thrown open again.
Wind and rain blew in with the siren, howling as it whipped by. You got misted by some of it, shivering as the freezing cold spray hit you. Taeyong rushed to shut the door behind him as others helped with the three or four twelve-packs he had squeezed under one arm and five boxes of pizza he had balanced on the other hand. Yuta peeled off his heavy raincoat, shaking out his soaking wet white hair after.
“Behold!” He gestured to the spread on the table grandly, charismatic grin on his face. “Dinner. You’re welcome.”
“Thanks, Yuta!” You slammed your Uno cards down and leapt up, grateful to have something else to do.
Everyone else followed your lead, a mad dash for food and drink.
Somewhere between grabbing food and clearing off the coffee table of all the board games, it was decided that a movie night was in order. Which obviously called for popcorn too.
The living room had two sofas, a central coffee table, and Mark’s air mattress. The larger of the two couches was directly facing the TV, and had the air mattress at the foot of it. The other couch was smaller, closer to the size of a loveseat, and oriented perpendicular to the first.
You had already claimed a spot in the middle of the smaller couch, sandwiched in between Johnny and Jungwoo, and happily munching away on your pizza. You were under a cozy blanket, had good food, and were definitely not thinking about Jungwoo’s arm resting on the back of the couch behind you.
At least you weren’t as squished as the others, even with using Mark’s air mattress. Jaehyun, Doyoung, and Yuta were on the larger couch, while Taeyong and Donghyuck were on the air mattress, fighting back the others’ legs and feet.
Mark walked out of the kitchen with three large bowls of popcorn then, tongue flicking with distaste as he took in the layout before him. “Well, someone’s got to make room.”
“Oh here, Mark,” Johnny offered. He then made deliberate eye contact with you, “I’m sure Jungwoo and Y/N don’t mind squishing in. Right, guys?”
“No, no, c’mon, Y/N. I’m not Jaehyun, I don’t bite,” Jungwoo agreed brightly, and you could feel him shift beside you as he pushed himself further back into the corner of the couch. Holding your plate of pizza with one hand and blanket with the other, you hovered over the cushion as you planned on just scooting over until you were as close to him as you were in the car.
Then hands were on your waist, pulling you towards the fairy, and his voice was by your ear, for only you to hear, “Usually.”
“Well she does.” Donghyuck grumbled loudly. “Still have scars from summer camp.”
“And I’ll do it again, you little shit.” Your threat was hollow, automatic, as you were processing where exactly you had landed in the seat shuffle.
“And I’ll bite all of you if you don’t shut up for the movie,” Jaehyun stated.
The dark room was filled with amicable chatter as the DVD previews began rolling, none of you taking Jaehyun seriously.
You were practically half on Jungwoo’s lap, one leg over his, and part of your back to his chest. That same arm was on the back of the couch again. You didn’t even know what movie they had picked—some mystery thriller maybe?—there was no way you were going to be paying attention now. You just hoped it was going to be holding everyone else’s focus sufficiently.
In an attempt to maintain some semblance of your composure, you released the rest of your blanket from the tight grip you had on it and instead gently laid it over yours and Jungwoo’s laps. To be considerate.
Despite Jaehyun’s earlier warning, there was a fairly steady stream of conversation throughout the movie as everyone would have reactions to a scene, or guesses as to the who the killer was. Speaking of the others, your seating sacrifice at least wasn’t in vain, the basilisk was enthusiastically watching along with everyone else, smacking Johnny’s leg or chest—or one time, face—whenever anything at all happened.
You, however, had no clue what was going on in the movie. All of your concentration was on trying to appear as normal as possible as you were certainly not feeling very normal about your situation. Mark was on the opposite end of the couch, leaning forward with his elbows on his knees as he was enraptured by the movie. Johnny was next to him, reclined back with a beer in hand, caught between laughing at Mark’s reactions and getting as into it as he was. Every so often, part of his shoulder or knee would bump against you, but you barely even registered this. Because then there were you and Jungwoo.
Jungwoo hadn’t moved since the scoot to make room for Mark. You wanted to look over at him, to see if you could gauge anything about how he felt about this whole situation from his face. But then you’d be facing the other guys, and you didn’t want to know if any of them had realized where exactly you were. So you turned your eyes downward instead. You curled your hands into fists under the blanket, nails digging into your palms as you tried to refocus yourself.
If what Donghyuck was saying before was true... then it wasn’t fair to Jungwoo for him to be the only one putting himself out there like this. You could at least try.
Before you could lose your nerve, you reached one of your hands over to where you knew his other hand was resting on his leg under the blanket. You were a little off-target, you found his wrist first, but he seemed to get the idea anyway, turning his arm over to let you lace your fingers with his. Your skin was burning as you gave his hand a tentative squeeze, and you had a bashful but relieved smile when his thumb rubbed over yours in response.
TUESDAY
The storm was gone the next morning, which was obviously cause for celebration. While the storm coming was reason for staying in and drinking, the storm being gone was just as much of a reason for getting even more trashed. But this time on the beach with the bonfire going.
The Sun had set long ago, and you were sat on a bench with Taeyong as the two of you watched the others dance to whatever music played from Yuta’s speakers. Johnny was picking the music from his phone, not trusting Yuta to put on music that wouldn’t lure him to his death. He didn’t budge even after it was pointed out that he was wearing his charm from Doyoung. You yourself didn’t care, you liked Johnny’s party music better than Yuta’s anyway.
You were catching your breath, having previously just been up dancing with everybody else.
“Y/N, can you pass me a seltzer?” Taeyong gestured to the cooler by your end of the bench.
“What flavor?” You reached over.
“Surprise me.”
“Well,” you looked into the empty cooler. “Surprise: we’re out.”
He laughed, shaking his head.
You glared up at the others. “Hey! Who took the last drink and didn’t say anything?”
“Boo! Party foul!” Somebody yelled out.
Taeyong stood up and grabbed the cooler, “Y/N, come help me grab some more? And also grab Doyoung, he’s being asocial right now.”
You hadn’t even noticed that your other friend had slipped away from the group at some point. “Oh, sure, sure.”
Looking back into the group, you waited to see if you could make eye contact with one specific person. Finally, you caught Jungwoo’s eye, and he raised his eyebrows inquisitively. You mouthed ‘be right back, Woos’ and gestured towards Taeyong and the direction of the beach house. He nodded in acknowledgement, giving you a smile that made your stomach do flips.
You turned back to Taeyong expectantly, “Okay.”
He seemed about ready to question that little exchange, opening his mouth but didn’t, closing it again and leading the way to the board walkway up to the house.
Neither you nor Jungwoo had talked about nor acknowledged movie night since last night, but you could feel that something was different. It had only been a day, but you were rarely apart. He was always seeking you out for things, at breakfast, on the beach, for the brief trip a few of you had taken into town to get supplies for the bonfire tonight. And you found yourself anxious if you couldn’t see him, looking for him yourself until he was back in your eyesight, immediate relief coming over you. It just felt natural to let Jungwoo know where you were going... for some reason.
Taeyong stopped in the kitchen, tossing more ice in the cooler. He didn’t grab the seltzers in the door, however. Instead, he reached for the jars of glittery, lilac liquid that you had spotted on your first day. He put most of them in the cooler, then handed one to you and kept two to himself.
“Come on, this is how we lure Doie out.” He motioned towards the bedrooms with his head.
Leaving the cooler in the kitchen, you followed him to Doyoung and Jungwoo’s bedroom. Doyoung was sat cross-legged on the bottom bunk bed, an old book across his lap. He already had his pajamas on, looking fresh out of the shower too.
“No, Taeyong,” he said as soon as you two crossed the threshold, not even looking up from his reading.
“Oh, come on, Doyoung, we brought you something,” Taeyong plopped down on the mattress next to him. He held out a jar to him, and Doyoung’s eyes flicked up to look at it.
He didn’t take it. “We’re breaking out the witch’s brew already?”
You moved to sit down beside Taeyong, looking down at your own jar in your hands. You’d heard of witch’s brew before, it was essentially magic Everclear with none of the burn. But you’d never had the guts to try any before, knowing your tolerance to human alcohol plenty well.
Taeyong set Doyoung’s down beside his foot before cracking his open and taking a sip, “Why not? We’re celebrating.”
Doyoung made a disgruntled noise, but said nothing more. You curiously opened your jar as well, sniffing cautiously. It didn’t smell like it had any alcohol in it. Taking a small sip, a pleasant, flowery sweetness immediately coated your tongue. It wasn’t too overwhelming, light and refreshing. And, as you swallowed, no burn. If this was as intoxicating as you’d heard, you could see how dangerous this could be to partygoers. You felt like you could easily chug the whole thing right now.
“So, any particular reason you brought a grimoire on spring break?” Taeyong asked Doyoung, though you were sure he very much already knew the answer. “We’re supposed to be taking a break from studying.”
“I’m a witch, Taeyong.”
“So?”
“We’re going to be students of magic our whole life, not just for four years.”
“You sound like BaBa.”
“BaBa was right about a lot of things.”
“Who—” You got cut off by a hiccup. “Who’s BaBa?”
You’d been taking sips as you listened to their conversation, and hadn’t been watching your intake of the delightful drink. Now your skin was warm, your head was buzzing, and you could feel a funny kind of airiness in your chest. Holy shit, you were tipsy in just a couple minutes.
You set your jar down on the floor in front of you while you still had the motor skills to do so.
“BaBa was one of our crazy old aunties in our coven,” Taeyong answered your question, then pinched the tip of your nose between two fingers. “And you are tipsy.”
“Aw, baby’s first brew?” Doyoung snickered.
“Mm, how could you tell?” You answered sarcastically, swaying in place.
“Don’t worry, we’d rather have you try some with us at home.” Taeyong brushed some of your hair back from your face as he let you rest your head on his shoulder.
“Gee, thanks, Dad,” you mumbled into his shirt. You were cycling through your drunk phases quickly, already sleepy.
“She’s easier to handle than Jungwoo was at least,” Doyoung sighed. “Can’t believe we’re even letting him around witch’s brew again.”
Your interest was piqued, head snapping up, “J—Woah... hold on.”
The sudden movement made the room spin, and you needed a moment to regain your bearings, your stomach, and your train of thought. Taeyong giggled, patting your head and shushing you, encouraging you to rest your head on his shoulder again.
“Oh, she’s been Jungwoo’d,” he sighed wistfully.
“What?” You asked.
“Jungwoo tends to… dazzle people? That a good word, Doie?”
“Yeah, sure. How do you think we let a fairy move in with us?” Doyoung shook his head, flipping to the next page.
Panic and angst overtook you, and you buried your face in your friend’s shoulder, “God, I told Donghyuck it was stupid, Jungwoo’s just being Jungwoo. He’s just like this, you know?”
The room was quiet for a moment before Taeyong spoke again, “Y/N, do you remember how Yuta almost drowned Johnny at Friendsmasgiving when Doyoung put that blabbermouth hex on him?”
You slowly sat up straight again to look at him with something between a pout and a thoughtful frown, “Uh, yeah. Hard to forget. Doyoung had to make that warding charm for him.”
“Have you ever thought about why Yuta’s siren call worked on Johnny that day and not you? You’re both humans.”
“Oh, uhm, well no. I was too worried about Johnny and all the craziness at the time. And… I don’t know, it’s never been something I’ve really thought too hard about, I guess? This kind of stuff always happens to Johnny, like Mark petrifying him. My personal theory is that Johnny’s mom gave birth to him underneath a ladder while breaking a mirror and knocking over a salt shaker, so he’s just destined to have bad luck for the rest of his life.” They were both silent, and you threw your hands up indignantly, “Okay, come on, Donghyuck thought that was hilarious.”
“Well we’ve been working on a theory,” Taeyong said. “One that doesn’t involve ladders, mirrors, or salt shakers.”
“We? Keep me out of your conspiracies, Taeyong,” Doyoung retorted.
“Then leave.”
Doyoung stayed seated, turning to the next page in his grimoire.
“Anyway, our theory. Have you heard that you’re not supposed to give fae your name because it gives them power over you?”
You could remember hearing something like that before, legends and warnings from older relatives before you went off to college. “Sure, but that’s a bit impractical nowadays, isn’t it? It’d be really hard for Jungwoo to be at school and not know anybody’s names. And I mean, he knows all of ours.”
“Right. Just like Yuta isn’t out here luring all of us to our deaths, and Jaehyun isn’t draining all of us dry, Jungwoo doesn’t take any of our names for himself. There’s a baseline of trust in society. But the magic is still there, even if he doesn’t actively engage in it.”
“You lost me, Taeyong,” you wrinkled your nose. Maybe you should’ve taken more Magical Creatures Studies classes.
Doyoung let out a loud sigh and put his thumb in his grimoire to close it. He looked you in the eyes to make sure you were listening as he explained, “The magic and power around names that fairies have control over…”
“Uh-huh.” You nodded slowly.
“That still exists, even though they’re not actually using it. Just like we still have blood even though Jaehyun’s not drinking it. Make more sense?”
You squinted in concentration. “I think so.”
“Because of that name magic, fairies get very touchy about how people use their names.” Taeyong continued with his explanation.
“No nicknames,” Doyoung clarified. “If you give them a name, they see it as you giving yourself more power over them.”
“Wait really? But I call Jungwoo—” Panic hit you like a train and mortification then flooded your veins. “Oh my God! Oh no no! Why did you guys let me call him that? I can’t believe I’ve been like so rude this whole time! Oh my G—”
“Y/N! Hey!” Taeyong cut you off, grabbing your shoulders to stop your wildly flailing limbs. “We didn’t stop you because Jungwoo wasn’t stopping you.”
“Seriously, we asked him about it the first time we heard you call him that. He said, quote, ‘She’s cute, don’t you think?’” Doyoung informed you, humor in his tone.
“God, if you’re real, strike me down now.” You clasped your hands together and pleaded to the clamshell-shaped ceiling fan above you.
The three of you were silent for a beat, as if waiting to see if you really would be stricken down. When you were still there after a moment, you accepted your miserable fate of continuing to exist, and, therefore, continuing this conversation, “So what does this all have to do with Johnny drowning at Friendsmasgiving?”
“We think it was Jungwoo’s magic protecting you from Yuta’s siren call,” Taeyong declared.
Doyoung opened his grimoire again. “But we can’t prove it.”
“How would me giving him a nickname do that? Even with the name magic stuff,” you pulled your knees to your chest.
“That’s where the conspiracy falls apart,” Doyoung tsked. “We can’t prove one way or another how or if it was Jungwoo—”
Taeyong narrowed his eyes at the witch, “But it’s the best we’ve got.”
You picked your jar of witch’s brew back up, swirled the glimmering concoction around, and took a swig. “Right. Well. Thanks, guys. I guess.”
WEDNESDAY
“Hey,” Jungwoo’s voice startled you out of the solemn and lonesome reverie you’d been in.
After sleeping like shit last night, kept up ruminating on your conversation with Taeyong and Doyoung, replaying memory upon memory of you calling the fairy by that nickname, and now feeling like a horrible person about it, you ended up being awake before the Sun in addition to everybody else. So, you’d made yourself breakfast to take down to the beach, eat by yourself, and watch the sunrise. You’d even made sure to sit in the chair that wasn’t visible to the house behind the umbrellas, not wanting anybody to join you out here. But you’d been found, and you didn’t have it in you to turn Jungwoo away now that he was with you.
“Oh, hey,” you gave him a half-hearted smile, gesturing to the chair beside you for him to sit.
He had a steaming mug in hand, his hair still tousled from sleep, and he was in pajama pants and a t-shirt.
The sunrise coming over the ocean was beautiful, burning oranges and yellows that reflected along the water. You popped a piece of fruit in your mouth. He took a sip from his mug.
“You didn’t come back last night. After going up to the beach house to get more drinks with Taeyong,” Jungwoo said quietly.
You winced, “Oh, sorry, Jungwoo, I—”
“Who?” He cut you off abruptly.
“Huh?” You blinked, entirely thrown off from your lie about not feeling well or whatever.
“What’d you say?”
“Jungwoo—”
“Who?”
“J—”
“Who?”
“What are you, an owl?” You huffed, annoyed.
Jungwoo’s brows were knitted together, clearly as frustrated as you were, “Why are you calling me that?”
“What? Your name?”
“Yeah, which you haven’t called me since like August. It’s weird.”
“Everybody else calls you that.”
“You don’t.”
Your words were losing steam as you struggled to process what he seemed to be implying. “Am-Am I not everybody else?”
“No, you’re not,” he was calming down too, look at you more studiously than upset. “And you’re not passive-aggressive either, so I don’t think you’re mad at me.”
“No, of course not, W—!” You stopped yourself before the nickname could come out habitually, quite literally biting down on your tongue in your mouth.
“There! You were about to say it! Why didn’t you? Did someone curse you or something?” He leaned forward, eyes scanning your features as if he could see any remnants of a curse or hex on your face. For all you knew, maybe he could.
“No, I think,” you frowned thoughtfully. Your voice was getting smaller and smaller as you admitted, “I just... don’t want to be rude.”
“You don’t...” Jungwoo’s head tilted in confusion, before his mouth and shoulders dropped at the same time, realization dawning on his face. He sighed, “Taeyong and Doyoung?”
You nodded meekly.
He set his cup down on the small table propped up out there, then gently lifted your chin up until you were looking him in the eye, “While I think it’s very cute and endearing that you were talking to my roommates about me, they clearly failed to mention the part where I like you calling me that. They say that?”
“Something like that...” You mumbled.
“Y/N, I like the nickname you gave me. Case closed, okay?” He said firmly.
“Okay.”
“Okay…?”
“Okay, Woos.” You relented, the name slipping off your tongue as naturally as ever.
“Oh, there we go! Everything is right with the universe again,” he exclaimed, finally rewarding you with his bright grin and laugh that sounded like bells. You couldn’t help but smile too.
You held your plate out for him to take a piece of honeydew. He offered you his mug, and you took a sip, immediately recognizing it as some of Doyoung’s tea.
“It’s beautiful out here,” you sighed. The Sun was higher above the horizon, oranges beginning to give way to yellows and blues.
“Yeah,” Jungwoo agreed. “Sure is.”
“You’re welcome.”
You barely contained your scream at the voice that came out of the darkness and the vine wrapping around your wrist and yanking you into the room. Expecting your roommate to still be sleeping when you came back from watching the sunrise with Jungwoo on the beach, you had quietly opened the door, left the lights off, and kept the blinds closed. But it seemed he was awake.
“Hyuck! What the fuck would I be thanking you for? Giving me a fucking heart attack?” You scolded him, shaking off the plant.
You flicked the lights on to reveal him sitting cross-legged at the entrance of the fort, the plants shifted slightly to adjust the opening and height to accommodate for such.
“Gotta keep you on your toes, Y/N,” he inspected his nails. “But that’s not the only reason you should thank me.”
“Oh really? What else have you done in your never-ending quest for charity and benevolence?” You rolled your eyes, leaning against the closed door.
“You mock me and yet I made sure nobody bothered you and Jungwoo during your little beach tryst this morning.”
“What did you—”
“Mark saw Jungwoo going down there and his oblivious ass wanted to get everyone down there to take pictures with the sunrise. I told him that with my dryad knowledge, I could tell that the sunrise tomorrow would be even better and to wait.”
“You can’t predict that kind of stuff,” you arched an eyebrow.
“He doesn’t know that.”
“And nobody else called you out on that?”
Donghyuck grinned mischievously, “Doyoung backed me up, actually.”
You groaned, dropping your head back against the door with a distinct thunk. “Just how many of you are in our business at all times now?”
“Our? So you and Jungwoo have joint business now?” He picked up on your word choice when you hadn’t.
“Hyu—” You stopped your string of curses short. The mention of you and Jungwoo sharing something made Taeyong’s theory from last night come back to your mind.
Your friend looked concerned, “Hey, you okay? You always follow through on beating me up, verbally or physically.”
“You’re so fucking annoying,” you scoffed, moving to plop down next to him on the beds. “But… what do you know about fairies’ magic?”
“Bits and pieces. They’re similar to dryads and witches in that they’re connected to nature. But I think you have a specific question, Y/N.”
“Name magic?”
“Yeah, fairies can gain a lot of power over others by way of taking their name, their identities. But they don’t really do that anymore. With the way that society is now, they can get in a lot of trouble, especially when creatures like other fairies or unicorns can easily find out which fairy has taken someone’s name. Jungwoo’s not controlling you just because he knows your name, I promise you really are just this pathetic.”
“Hey!” You smacked the back of his head.
“Ow! I deserved that.”
“I swear you’re a masochist.” You shook your head. “Anyway, do you know if that kind of thing like, goes both ways?”
“What? Like how?”
“Taeyong and Doyoung have this idea, about why Yuta’s siren call didn’t work on me at Friendsmasgiving like it worked on Johnny. They think that because I call Jungwoo by a nickname, I was somehow using the name magic or whatever and Jungwoo’s magic was protecting me. And I mean, it is weird that Yuta’s siren call didn’t work on me. I’m human, I didn’t have any kind of charm on, I was even sitting closer to him than Johnny was!”
Donghyuck seemed to think about this for a moment, tapping his chin. “That is strange…”
“Right!”
“Have you asked Jungwoo?”
“And how would I do that? ‘Hey am I accidentally using your magical powers by way of an ancient practice of your kind every time I call you by this silly little nickname that you’ve explicitly told me to keep calling you?’”
“One, you’re being intentionally negative and hyperbolic, you’re not that much of a weirdo in conversation.”
You stuck your tongue out at him.
“Two, he specifically asked you to keep calling him by the nickname that his roommates think is the conduit for him to be unintentionally—or now maybe intentionally—sharing magic with you?”
“I guess… I don’t know, we had a whole conversation about it this morning. Doyoung and Taeyong said fairies hate nicknames because of the name magic stuff. It’s basically like you giving yourself power over them in their culture. So I tried to call him by his name but—”
“I’ve made a grave miscalculation.”
Your eyes widened. “What?”
Donghyuck took both of your hands in his, looking you in the eye very seriously as if he were about to tell you someone died. “He wants to kiss you so bad he’s making the both of you look stupid.”
You shoved him off the bed.
THURSDAY
“Seriously? Nobody wants to play?” You whined, volleyball in hand.
“Nobody wants to play you two,” Donghyuck clarified, pointing between you and Jungwoo, who was standing next to you on the court. “You’re menaces with a volleyball. You should be on some watchlist.”
“Hey, we let you all set your own rules every time.”
“Yeah, it’s not our fault you guys suck,” Jungwoo agreed.
Being unable to convince any pair of your friends to verse you and Jungwoo in volleyball again, you decided to pop into the house for a quick break from the Sun instead. Jungwoo tagged along, and you found yourself getting more nervous as you realized it’d be just the two of you in the house together.
“Hey,” Jungwoo grabbed your elbow as you were about to make a beeline for the kitchen, intent on grabbing a popsicle from the freezer.
You stopped, giving him a questioning look, “Yeah, Woos?”
“Let’s go somewhere.”
“Somewhere?” You hated how your voice cracked over the word.
“You wanted to go to the ice cream place downtown, right? On Tuesday? But we didn’t have time.”
“Oh, yeah, I did,” you smiled bashfully, chest feeling funny about the fact that he had remembered some little thing that you had said, a moment that was so inconsequential. “Uh, right now?”
He shrugged, “Why not?”
“Okay, sure. Do you want to tell the others?”
“Do you?”
You bit the inside of your cheek, and shook your head.
He grinned. “Me neither.”
After quickly changing from your used beach clothes, you followed him out front. You expected to hear the beep of Doyoung’s car unlocking, but Jungwoo instead veered in a different direction. You followed him towards the blue truck curiously.
“Yuta’s truck?” You asked, now spotting the keys in his hand.
“He’s who said yes to letting us use his car,” Jungwoo affirmed, then opened the driver’s door. “You’ve got to get in on this side, sorry.”
As you went to do so, you saw why. The seat was a bench seat, and on the far side, propped against the passenger door, was a giant rock.
“Do I want to know?” You sighed, climbing up into the cab of the truck.
“Doyoung wants to bring it back, but he doesn’t want it in his car,” Jungwoo explained, sliding in after you.
“It couldn’t go in the back?” You eyed the empty truck bed behind you incredulously.
“Too valuable.”
“What is it? Other than a rock? Or is it a magic rock or something?”
The fairy started the truck, putting an arm over the back of the seat and turning around to back it out of the driveway. “Apparently there’s a relic encased in it. He wants to excavate it at home.”
“When did he find it?” You eyed it cautiously, scooting a bit further away from it, leg pressed against Jungwoo’s.
“Tuesday morning. The storm washed it ashore. I think you were in the shower.” Jungwoo wrapped his arm that had been behind you around your shoulders and pulled you even closer, “Don’t worry, I’m not gonna let that thing come loose and hit you or anything.”
“Oh, thanks, Woos,” you mumbled, looking down at your hands in your lap.
It was a short ride into downtown, and Jungwoo was able to park right in front of the cotton candy pink ice cream and sweets shop you had spotted the other day. It was right next to a yellow flower shop and purple café, and way at the end of the block, you could see the sign for the apothecary you’d gone to with Doyoung and Taeyong.
A family of sirens was eating their ice cream at a table in front of the shop, the dad rolling his eyes fondly as he took a napkin to his son’s face that was covered in chocolate. But as the mom followed you and Jungwoo in to grab more napkins, you realized she didn’t have the same telltale flashy eyes or flickers of scales under the lights like her partner and son. She looked… human.
After you and Jungwoo got your waffle cones, you took them outside to walk around the shops. You stopped to look over some of the bouquets that were outside the flower shop, most of the blooms familiar to you thanks to Donghyuck. By the time you were at the end of the street by the apothecary, you still had most of your ice cream left. The path continued off away from downtown, unpaved, along the cliffs overlooking the sea. Having seen most of the town, the two of you meandered that way, still chatting between mouthfuls of ice cream.
“Woos, I have a question,” you announced. This seemed as good a time as ever to get in a few of your never-ending stream of things you wanted to know about Jungwoo.
“I have an answer,” he responded, then after a beat, added, “Maybe.”
“Why did you decide to study Chemistry?”
“After being around magic all the time, human science just sort of fascinated me,” he shrugged. “So, kind of the same reason a lot of the humans who pick Magical Creature Studies have, I guess.”
“So you grew up around other fairies for the most part, then?”
“Oh, yeah. It was nothing like how you and Donghyuck grew up. My hollow is really closed off to outsiders, even other fairies.”
“Then how’d you end up coming to school?”
“It’s not like I was under house arrest or anything,” Jungwoo laughed, taking in your wide eyes. “It’s just that I was pretty much the only one who was curious about anything outside of the hollow. I went into town all the time when I was older, so I knew about the college. Nobody in my hollow did any school past the mandatory primary education, of course, so I had to get a bit of help from the Admissions Office to apply. That’s where I met Taeyong, actually.”
“Oh yeah, he did work in Admissions.”
“And he introduced me to Doyoung and Jaehyun, and the three of them happened to be looking for a fourth housemate to make rent.”
You nodded, taking another bite of your ice cream. “Okay, you’re a fairy and you’re studying Chemistry, so I think you’re a good person to propose this question to: What do you think is the difference between magic and science?”
Jungwoo thought about this for a moment, humming as he licked around his ice cream. Finally, he answered, voice resolute, “Humility. Science is an earnest effort to understand the world around you, what it is, how it works. And that requires approaching it from the position of inferiority, of acknowledging that you know less than the world.”
“But what about magic? Do we know everything about it and how it works and what it is? Couldn’t it be studied just like other fields of science?” You asked curiously.
“I’m saying this because I don’t want you to lose your cute little head, Y/N,” Jungwoo stopped walking and turned to you, cupping your cheek with his free hand. “Don’t say that to another fairy.”
“O-Oh.”
“There’s a reason I’m the first one in the Chemistry department, you know.”
“Wait, you are?” You furrowed your eyebrows thoughtfully, trying to recall some of your other classmates and professors. And, yeah, you couldn’t think of any other fairies off the top of your head. Plenty of other magical beings, dragons, vampires, dryads, werewolves, but no fairies. Just Jungwoo.
“Yeah,” he patted your cheek before dropping his hand and walking again.
“I didn’t— uh, didn’t— uhm, know that,” you stammered, only keeping up with him because he had looped his arm with yours and was now guiding you down the path. If he hadn’t, you definitely would still be frozen in place, gulping and stuttering. Dazzled, as Taeyong had so aptly put it.
FRIDAY
There were only two more full days left of your vacation in Cape Solaria, including today, and you didn’t want to think about it. Maybe if you wished hard enough, this could last forever.
Sat on a beach chair that you’d set up in the surf to stay cool, you sighed to yourself contentedly.
A relieved groan and splash sounded from your right, and you squinted an eye open against the bright sunlight to look at who had sat in the empty chair beside you. It was Yuta, with legs and swim trunks this time as he crossed the limbs at the ankle to recline leisurely.
“Jungwoo won’t mind, will he?” He asked, referencing who had been sitting there up until a minute ago, when the fairy announced he had to grab something from the beach house.
“He’s not using it right now.” You shifted up in your chair to face the siren, “I’m actually glad you’re here, Yuta.”
“Really?” He grinned. “And why’s that?”
“I wanted to get your opinion on something.”
“Yes, Jungwoo likes you.”
You blinked at him, unable to think of how to reply.
“I know, I know, I’m not a mind reader, but—”
“That’s not what I was going to ask,” you cut him off, deciding to breeze right by that avenue of conversation. You had a limited amount of time before Jungwoo came back, and there was something else you really needed to ask Yuta specifically.
“Oh. Well, go for it.”
“Do you know why your siren call didn’t work on me at Friendmasgiving? And only worked on Johnny? We’re both human, I didn’t have any charms on. It should’ve, you know, done the same thing to me, right?”
That clearly wasn’t what Yuta was expecting you to ask. The cocky smirk fell from his face as he scrutinized you, “What? You wanted to drown yourself?”
“No, I was just curious—”
“I almost killed one friend, and you’re saying it should’ve been two?”
You fervently tried to reassure him, alarmed at how fast this conversation had taken a nosedive, “No, Yuta, I don’t—”
“None of you get how— how fucking awful it was, to watch myself nearly kill one of my friends and not be able to control what I was doing at all. So no, Y/N, I don’t know why it wasn’t working on you, but I’m fucking glad it didn’t. I don’t need you terrified of me too.” The siren’s eyes were watery and red, and the sea around the chairs was churning angrily, growing in strength as his words got sharper and sharper.
“Yuta.” Taeyong was suddenly a couple steps behind your chairs, and steadily waded through the turbulent surf.
As soon as the unicorn was in close proximity to the two of you, a calmness washed over you. Yuta’s jaw unclenched, and he bit down on his bottom lip instead.
Taeyong gently put a hand on Yuta’s shoulder, and you saw the unicorn’s face contort almost painfully. He looked down at you, “Y/N, will you go get Doie and Johnny? They all need to talk, don’t you think?”
“Oh, uhm, yeah,” you nodded quickly, jumping to your feet.
Turning back to the beach, you saw that most of the others were there, pretending not to be paying attention to the three of you. You didn’t want to know how much they had heard. Johnny was the easiest to find, he was tossing a football with Jaehyun and Mark by the firepit.
You pointed at him as you walked by, “Stay.”
“I’m not a werewolf, but yes ma’am,” he saluted you.
Trudging up the boardwalk, you knew exactly where Doyoung would be hiding out, the same place he had been hiding out during anything that involved Yuta and Johnny and the water. His bedroom.
Jungwoo was in the kitchen, his face lighting up when he saw you, then turning serious when he registered the look on your face, “Hey, I was just grabbing a snack. Is everything okay?”
“Long story short, I’m grabbing Doyoung for Taeyong. Not optional.” You squared your shoulders as you crossed the living room to the hallway.
“Oh.” The fairy followed you curiously.
You knocked on the closed door, “Doyoung! It’s me!”
“Come in.”
You threw open the door, eyes immediately finding your target sitting cross-legged on the bottom bunk in lounge clothes, a grimoire in his lap. Narrowing your eyes, you stalked over to him, “You’re coming to the beach.”
“I’m at the beach,” he gestured around vaguely.
“Kim Doyoung, you’re going to get out of this house and come down to the beach with me. Now.”
“Taeyong tried that on me two days ago.”
You pinched the bridge of your nose before switching tactics. Sitting down next to him, you leaned your elbows on your knees and took a deep breath.
“Doyoung, we’re your friends. And we invited you on this trip—Yuta invited you—because we like spending time with you.”
The finger that had been running under the words he was reading paused.
“So, can you tell me if there’s some reason you’ve been holing yourself up in here?”
Doyoung sighed, closing the grimoire, “I thought it best to reduce the likelihood of a repeat of last semester. Taeyong’s right. I don’t think before I do things and end up getting my friends hurt.”
“What he was saying at the apothecary?”
“Yes.”
“I don’t remember him suggesting you become a hermit about it,” you snorted, bumping your friend’s shoulder. “And reading a bunch of books and never interacting with people is not going to help your social skills. Skills like, you know, conflict resolution.”
The witch looked down at the closed book with a small smile, “You might be right there.”
“So can you please come to the beach?”
“On one condition.”
“Yes?”
“Don’t tell Taeyong I said he was right. Either of you.”
“Done,” you promised.
And just a few minutes later you were marching down the walkway victoriously, Doyoung in tow. Jungwoo walked a bit further behind you two, an unspoken agreement to make sure the witch couldn’t double back to the house. Down on the sand, Johnny was still tossing the ball around, and you pointed at him again.
“Johnny, come on!” You called out.
“Seriously, not a dog!” He yelled back, jogging over nevertheless.
Taeyong and Yuta were still out at the chairs, and you kept your sights on them. Doyoung eyed you suspiciously, “What are you doing, Y/N?”
“We’re going swimming,” you deadpanned, leading the two of them towards the water.
“This was a trap,” he scoffed, starting to turn on his heel.
“Doyoung,” Jungwoo was still behind you all, crossing his arms with a frown.
Doyoung grumbled something under his breath, but turned back around to you. Taking that as his acceptance, you looked at Johnny. The human looked warily between Doyoung and Yuta, hand coming up to grasp at the pearl hanging from his neck, seeming to check that it was still there. He didn’t make any move to leave.
You stepped into the tide, the first of the waves lapping at your feet. The water was much calmer than when you had left. Doyoung and Johnny followed you, and the three of you finally stopped at Taeyong and Yuta. The siren was still sat in the same chair, staring out at the horizon, one hand listlessly making figure-eights above the water, and the ocean below his fingertips swirling with the movements. An octopus had (lovingly?) wrapped itself around his ankle, and you were sure that if the water was deep enough, Bear would’ve been here. He didn’t look back at you all as you approached.
“Here,” you broke the tense silence, looking to Taeyong. “Johnny and Doyoung.”
“Thank you, Y/N,” Taeyong nodded to you.
“I’ll just—”
“Stay.”
It was Johnny who stopped your attempt to excuse yourself. He had a hand on your arm, and an all-too-familiar look in his eye. It reminded you of when he asked you, with trembling hands and a heaving chest, to stay and help him wash his face.
You nodded. “Yeah, Johnny, I’ll stay.”
Yuta finally spoke, “Look, I don’t know how many times I have to apologize. I’m sorry I almost drowned Johnny twice. Do I have to grovel at his feet for the rest of our lives? Will that make everybody happy?”
He slammed his fist into the arm of the pop-up chair. The octopus swam off.
“No, Yuta,” Taeyong shook his head. “That’s not what this is.”
“All of you are holding onto a lot of… stuff from that night.” You made sure to choose your words carefully. “And we think it’d be good if you actually talked to each other about it.”
“I’m sorry.” To your surprise, it was Doyoung who spoke up first. He was holding himself, hands wrapped around his upper arms as he spoke. “To both of you, Johnny and Yuta. I was impulsive, and vindictive, and an ass, and I hurt you with that stupid blabbermouth hex. I don’t want my magic to… leave lasting scars on people, especially not my friends. Yuta, you didn’t deserve the brunt of the backlash from that, I’m sorry I didn’t stand up for you when I should have. And Johnny, you obviously didn’t deserve to almost drown yourself twice. I was a bad witch and a bad friend and I’m sorry, I really am.”
You looked between Johnny and Yuta’s faces hopefully to gauge their reactions. Johnny’s held the same surprise as yours at Doyoung apologizing first, then morphed into a soft smile. He threw an arm around the witch’s neck, nearly toppling him over and he was pulled into the taller man’s side.
“I don’t know much about the bad witch part, but I forgive you, Doyoung. Taeyong says you’ve been doing a lot of uhm, reading about magic this whole time to get better at it. I know you didn’t mean it.”
Doyoung screwed his eyes shut, patting Johnny’s back.
“Yuta, tell them what you told me,” you encouraged the siren.
He sighed, finally turning around in his chair to look at the two of them. Around his eyes was pink, and he focused a harsh glare on Doyoung.
“Have you ever had someone do that to you, Doyoung?”
“Taeyong and I used to prank each other as kids all the time.”
“No, I don’t just mean put a stupid little charm on you,” he scoffed. “I mean make you do something you don’t want to do, use your own powers to almost kill your friend and you just have to watch yourself do it. Twice. And then he’s terrified of swimming, of pools, of the water, of you. Yeah, maybe I shouldn’t have teased you about whatever the fuck it was that day. But Johnny needed a fucking warding charm to even be able to come on vacation with me. You don’t want to hurt people with your magic… you hurt him with mine and I couldn’t do anything to stop it.”
Doyoung gnawed on his bottom lip, “No, Yuta. I haven’t had anybody do that to me. I’m so sorry.”
“Yuta,” Taeyong quietly called for the siren’s attention. “Look at where we all are.”
Yuta’s eyes flicked from Taeyong to you to Doyoung to Johnny, then down to the ocean water that everyone was standing in, about shin deep.
Johnny let go of Doyoung to reach up to his own neck, taking off the leather cord hanging there in one fluid movement. He wound his arm up over his head and threw it out into the waves as far as he could. It plopped under the surface, never to be seen again.
“I don’t need a warding charm against my friend,” Johnny declared simply.
A tear slipped down Taeyong’s cheek from behind his sunglasses, the iridescent liquid catching the light of the sun. You couldn’t blame him, you were feeling a bit overwhelmed yourself, even with your ordinary human empathetic abilities.
“Now, I don’t know about you guys, but I’m getting hot standing here,” Johnny continued, dramatically putting one hand on his hip and fanning himself with the other. “I think a swim sounds like a good idea, hm?”
Yuta looked up at him, and they seemed to immediately make some kind of telepathic connection as soon as they locked eyes. The siren got to his feet as Doyoung started looking around, holding up a hand to cast a shadow over his eyes.
“Y/N made me come all the way out here with my swim suit on, I guess I could—”
Doyoung was cut off by Johnny grabbing him around the chest and Yuta grabbing his legs, his words turning into a yelp as he was lifted up. His yells of protest went unheeded as the other two carried him further out to sea.
“One!” Johnny counted as they started swinging Doyoung between them.
“Two!” Yuta continued.
“Three!” They cheered together, tossing him gently into the thigh-deep water.
The witch popped back up, shaking his wet hair, “That’s it!”
Thankfully, instead of a hex coming out of his mouth, he instead jumped on Johnny’s back, trying to dunk the taller man underwater. Johnny walked out until he was deep enough to dunk the both of them, Yuta following. Now in deep enough water, Yuta transformed his legs into his tail, using his large fins at the end to splash the other two.
Too busy laughing at those three, you didn’t notice that anybody had joined you and Taeyong until a hand was on your back. You looked over at the owner, smiling up at Jungwoo.
“Oh, hey Woos,” you bumped his hip with yours before turning your gaze back to the others still playing in the water. “Nice of you to join us.”
“Didn’t seem like you needed me,” he bumped you back. “Good job.”
“I was just following orders, this was all Taeyong’s idea,” you shook your head, looking over to the unicorn.
Taeyong had a fond smile on his features, “I think it was a team effort, all of us.”
SATURDAY
“So you’re not dating?”
“God, Hyuck, how many times do I have to tell you this? No,” you groaned, pulling your blanket up over your head. It was your last full day in Cape Solaria and the bastard wasn’t even letting you sleep in.
“You two are like all over each other,” Donghyuck pointed out, smugly scrolling away on his phone. “Even Mark asked me yesterday if he missed some memo about you and Jungwoo dating.”
You yanked the covers back down, “And what did you tell him?”
“That I didn’t know.”
“You little—”
“Hey, I didn’t!” He went to defend himself. “And now I do. Now I know that you’re being a wimp.”
“I’m going to kill you.”
“If I had a nickel for every time you said that in our lives, I’d have no student debt, Y/N.”
You rolled over away from him, fully intending on attempting to snooze for a little longer, when your phone buzzed. With a groan, you grabbed it to see who had dared to text you this early in the morning.
[woos: you awake yet?]
Turning to face Donghyuck again so that he couldn’t see your screen, you were about to text the fairy back, but another text came through.
[woos: if you are, i’m going down to watch the rest of the sunrise with a cup of tea in a few minutes]
You quickly typed out your text and sent it.
[you: make that two cups]
Just a couple minutes later, you left your bedroom with the sounds of Donghyuck making teasing kissy noises after you. Jungwoo was in the kitchen, illuminated only by the light over the stove. Johnny, Mark, and Jaehyun were all still asleep, and you quietly stepped around them to wait by the back door. The fairy joined you just a moment later, two mismatched mugs in his hands. His hair was ruffled, a few pieces in the back sticking up, but nevertheless, a sleepy and fond smile came across his lips as he looked down at you. You smiled back up at him.
Neither of you said anything until you had stealthily slipped out the door and closed it behind you as silently as possible. On the back porch, you could give him a “Good morning, Woos.”
“Morning, Y/N,” he handed you your cup.
You eagerly wrapped your hands around it, feeling the warmth seep into your fingers. “Thank you.”
He hummed his acknowledgement, looping a casual arm around your shoulders to start walking down towards the beach. The Sun was just starting to peek up over the water in the distance, giving you enough light to find a towel under the umbrellas to sit down on.
“So why are you up so early?” You asked, taking a sip of your tea.
“Honestly?”
“No, Woos, I want you to lie to me,” you replied sarcastically, earning a laugh from him.
“Had to pee and couldn’t go back to sleep,” he answered. “Ended up just getting stuck thinking and then definitely couldn’t go back to sleep. What about you? I didn’t actually expect you to be up when I texted, I hope I didn’t wake you.”
“No, I was already awake. Donghyuck woke up early and decided to make that my problem this time.”
Jungwoo chuckled, taking another drink from his mug.
You looked out into the ocean, watching a familiar fin meander around. Taking a deep breath, you steeled your nerves, and stated, “Hey, Woos, I have another question.”
“I have another answer.” Pause. “Maybe.”
“Why do you think Yuta’s siren call didn’t work on me at Friendsmasgiving?”
He looked at you curiously, “I’m guessing you asked Yuta this yesterday and—”
“It turned into that whole thing with Taeyong and Johnny and Doyoung, yeah. It didn’t seem like a good idea to bring it up again after that.”
“Why do you think it didn’t work on you?”
“I don’t know,” you confessed, pointer finger tracing the rim of your mug. “I’m human, I was sitting closer to him than Johnny was, I didn’t have any warding charms on me or anything like that. It should have done the same thing to me that it did to Johnny, but it didn’t.”
“Y/N…” Jungwoo said quietly, laying a hand on your arm. “Do you feel guilty that it only affected Johnny and not you? That he went through that, and you didn’t? Like you should have suffered with him?”
You couldn’t look up at Jungwoo, so you just kept your eyes on his thumb that was rubbing soothing circles into your forearm. “I- I don’t… yes. He was so scared of the water after that that he couldn’t turn on the tap by himself, Woos. I had to go over and help him wash his face every day for like a month. And I just got to… sit there? And I know it probably sounds weird, like I want to have gone through something so traumatic but—and I know Johnny wouldn’t have wanted me to have either—but I can’t shake this feeling that I avoided something I shouldn’t have. Like, cosmic balance or something. Does that make sense?”
Despite the disjointed nature of your rant, Jungwoo was able to respond without missing a beat. “Y/N, Y/N, hey. You’re afraid that it messed with some cosmic balance, right?”
You nodded.
“If you had gone through what Johnny did, and were as scared of the water as he was, do you think that you would’ve been able to help him for that month when he needed it?”
Taking your gaze off his hand, you looked up into his eyes, where the golden flecks glimmered in the waking morning rays. And you slowly shook your head.
He nodded encouragingly. “Right. That sounds pretty balanced to me.”
“Okay, yeah,” you mirrored his nods, a shaky sense of relief growing in you.
“And I don’t think you wondering about why something that logically should have happened didn’t happen is weird, either.”
“So… what do you think happened?” You wanted to see if he would bring it up first, or if he had any clue about the name magic at all, about the nickname thing, about Taeyong and Doyoung’s theory, about any of it.
Jungwoo’s eyes traced over your face, and for a moment you were taken away, entirely breathless as the dawn light hit him just right and he was glowing, looking so gorgeous there with his behead, pajamas, pouty lips, and big brown eyes. Time restarted when he finally answered your question, “I don’t know. But whatever it was, I’m glad that it happened. I’m glad that you didn’t have to get hurt, and I’m glad that Johnny could have you there to support him after.”
You opened your mouth, tempted to retell your friends’ theory to him, but he was looking down at you so fondly, so beautifully, that in that moment, it didn’t even matter. So instead, you scooted even closer to him to rest your head against his shoulder, a giddy smile overtaking your face when he wrapped an arm around you to hold you to him even tighter.
“I want to show you something tonight, by the way,” he murmured, voice right by your ear.
“Something?” You echoed inquisitively.
“Something,” he confirmed.
[woos: ready?]
Your heart leapt at the singular word lighting up your screen.
[you: ready]
Slipping out of your bedroom and into the hallway, you saw that Jungwoo was waiting for you there. He’d already told you that whatever he wanted to show you wasn’t far, and that there was no need to change from your pajamas that you’d gone to bed in.
With a tilt of his head, he motioned for you to follow him through the living room, this time exiting through the side door at the end of the kitchenette. It lead to a narrow section of the wrap-around porch that had a porch swing and small table. But Jungwoo didn’t sit on the swing like you expected. Instead, he swung a leg up onto the railing that went around the house, gracefully standing up all the way. From there, he could easily step over the gap onto the top of the awning over the porch. He stopped there, turning around and looking back at you expectantly.
You looked up at him with wide eyes, “Uh…”
“Come on,” he said encouragingly.
Watching all of your limbs as closely as possible, you pulled yourself up onto the railing, not liking how narrow it was as you wobbled a little bit. The fairy’s hand shot out and caught yours before you could teeter too much, and you mumbled a thanks to Jungwoo. Aligning yourself first, you took the slight step up onto the awning, wincing at the creak it let out now that the both of you were on it.
Jungwoo kept holding your hand as you were standing on the awning over the porch together, and you took shallow breaths as you looked up at him, chest-to-chest to make sure you both fit.
“Now what?” You asked quietly, well aware that you were staring at him.
“Almost there, promise,” he smiled down at you, and gave your hand a squeeze before letting it go.
He turned around, where the proper roof of the house was, about chest-high for him. After easily pulling himself up, he gave you a helping hand where needed, until you were finally able to scramble up there with him. Looking around uncertainly, you remained kneeling as you got your bearings on the slightly sloped surface. Jungwoo lay down, tucking an arm under his head, then patted the space beside him as an invitation for you.
You shyly did so, suddenly unsure of just how close to get to him, and therefore left a little bit of space between the two of you.
To distract you from that thought, you focused your gaze dead ahead, and immediately your breath was stolen from your lungs. Above you was the entire cosmos, laid out seemingly all for you. More stars than you could count, twinkling in and out of view, sprinkled in the sky like pixie dust. The moon was nearly full, and you could see every crater, shadow, and mountain in crisp, clear detail. Yeah, you’d been out at nighttime before, but you’d never just looked at the stars like this before.
“I’m glad you like it, Y/N,” Jungwoo replied softly.
“How did even figure out that you could get up here?”
“This morning, when I was having trouble sleeping. I was kind of wandering around out here and got curious. I used to climb a lot in my hollow. Something about just being up high above everything else…” He inhaled deeply, then let it back out. “It’s really peaceful, right?”
“Yeah,” you agreed. “It’s lovely up here.”
And you finally looked over at him. He was bathed in moonlight, starlight, all the cosmic glow of the universe and yet you weren’t even thinking about any of that in the moment, too enchanted by the craft store glitter that blinked back at you. The cream yellow crewneck sweater he had worn to bed that night was a pale yellow in the nighttime, the bottom of it riding up to show just the thinnest strip of skin. When you realized how close his nose was to yours, you didn’t jerk your head back, but your brain was turning to white noise, so you turned your eyes back to the stars to see if that would get the ringing in your ears to stop.
Jungwoo didn’t seem to mind, letting the peaceful silence drape over the two of you. You kept watching the stars and thinking about the boy next to you, and your heart kept growing and growing with a fondness so strong it felt like your chest was going to burst if you didn’t do something about it.
“…Woos?” You practically whispered, startled at the sound of your own voice in the quiet. In the background, the waves crashed into the shore and receded in an endless rhythm.
“Yeah?” He lolled his head over to look at you attentively. You turned your head back to look at him again.
“What you were saying the other day, about the difference between science and magic…”
“Which part?”
“About how science is an earnest effort to understand the world. You know, how it works, what it is.”
“Mm-hm, what about it?”
“I’ve been thinking about it… and maybe it’s because it’s late and you’ve got me on a rooftop looking at a bunch of stars but…” You took a deep breath, glancing between him and the sky. “I think that’s how love is too. An effort to understand someone else, and coming to them with your heart open, humble. I don’t think love has to be this big, monumental, out-of-control, unknowable thing. I think it’s just got to be an earnest effort to know someone else. You know?”
He was quiet, mouth parted as he just kept staring at you.
“Woos, you’re not saying anything,” you muttered self-consciously. “Did that not make sense? God, I was rambling again, wasn’t I? Just ig—”
“Kiss me.” Jungwoo cut you off, an absolutely wonderstuck gaze focused on you.
“What?”
“Kiss me,” he repeated confidently.
“W-Why don’t you kiss me?” You stuttered out an attempt at a retort, brain simultaneously moving at a million miles an hour and feeling like it had gotten stuck in sticky bubble gum.
“Well if you insist,” he smirked.
Then his hand was cupping your cheek, lifting your chin slightly, and his lips were slotting together with yours. Your own hand grasped at the front of his yellow sweater, needing to ground yourself to something as your head spun and the sweet, soft kiss threatened to sweep you away.
When Jungwoo finally pulled back, you caught a glimpse of his hair fading back from pink to brown. His gaze didn’t leave your face as he mused aloud, “Strawberry.”
“Huh?” You questioned breathily, chest heaving, not sure if you heard him right over the sound of your heart thudding so loudly.
He swooped in to kiss you again, as long and dizzying as the first time. This time when he broke apart from you, he declared with a grin, “You taste like a strawberry sundae.”
“And you… are going to make me pass out.” You pointed at him accusatorily as you tried to catch your breath. “Don’t fairies need to breathe?”
“Sorry. Can’t help myself.” Jungwoo pecked your cheek this time. But it was a false sense of security, as he gave you only a moment to catch your breath before capturing your lips in a sugary sweet kiss once again.
All too soon for your liking, it was decided that the two of you needed to get down and go back inside. Both of you were yawning like crazy, it was getting late, and while you could definitely sleep during the car ride back, accidentally falling asleep on the roof didn’t sound very safe. So Jungwoo got down first, and kindly helped you down by the hand.
After quietly sneaking back in through the kitchen door hand in hand with him, you nearly let out a scream when you saw somebody standing at the fridge, illuminated by the appliance light.
Jaehyun looked at the two of you blankly, a popsicle in his hand. You stared at each other for a good three seconds before giving him a slow nod. He nodded back, then tore open the popsicle wrapper with his teeth. Shuffling by the vampire as he bit into the popsicle, your heartrate didn’t return to normal until you were in the darkened hallway to your bedrooms.
You felt your heart sinking as you prepared yourself to say goodbye to Jungwoo for the night.
“Goodnight, Woos,” you said quietly, squeezing his fingers that were laced with yours.
Enough moonlight was coming in from the living room that you could see half of his face as he looked down at you, one of his thumbs brushing over your cheekbone. He had a small, tender smile on his face, one that reached his eyes.
“Goodnight, Y/N,” he squeezed your hand back.
But you weren’t satisfied. Grabbing him by the shoulder, you pulled him closer to press your lips to his, pretty sure your entire body from your head to your toes popped like a balloon filled with confetti.
“Goodnight,” you repeated, slowly unwinding your fingers from his, almost in disbelief at yourself.
Jungwoo giggled, the sound like windchimes, “Goodnight again, Y/N.”
The two of you turned around to go to your respective bedrooms on opposite sides of the hallway. You had just gotten your hand on the door handle when you heard Jungwoo make a noise of surprise. Turning around curiously, you watched him look between your room and his in disbelief, then close the door again—without going in. And then he stood outside his door, staring at it in confusion.
Concerned, you walked over, lightly touching his arm to get his attention. He looked up to inform you, “Donghyuck is sleeping in my bed.”
You laughed, grabbing his hand to tug him towards your room, “Come on, you can take his spot then.”
“So worth losing my memory foam pillow,” he sighed dreamily, then pecked your temple with a loud smooching sound.
Under the roof of the blanket fort, you watched in delight as Jungwoo replenished the specks of light in the flowers, keeping them at a peaceful dimness. Laid on your side, blanket pulled up to your chin, and legs bumping his under the covers, you couldn’t fight the smitten grin from your face.
“Sleep well, Woos.”
“Sweet dreams, Y/N.”
SUNDAY
A yawn slipped past your lips that turned into a soft groan as you stretched in the morning hours. Rolling over and pulling your blankets back up over your shoulders, you had all intents of going back to sleep. Until you briefly blinked your eyes open, and caught a glimpse of Jungwoo beside you.
He was mostly on his side, cheek squished against the pillow. Even in his sleep, his mouth was drawn into a pout, and his eyelashes were visible against his cheeks. His soft brown hair was mussed up in all directions, and you reached a hand out to delicately readjust a strand that looked like it was uncomfortably poking into his eye.
His hand suddenly shot out of the covers and grabbed your wrist. “Gotcha!”
“Oh my god!” You jumped in surprise. “Holy fuck! Goddamn…”
Jungwoo opened his eyes, mischievous grin on his face. “Morning, Y/N.”
“Well good fucking morning to you too, Woos,” you scoffed, plopping onto your back to catch your breath. “And how long have you been up waiting to scare me to death?”
“I woke up about when you did,” he informed you simply. “Heard you stretching and rolling over. I was honestly trying to snooze until just now.”
You made a noise of acknowledgement, lifting a hand up to delicately trace over one of the petals above your head.
“Y/N,” Jungwoo called for you.
“Hm?” You turned your head to look at him attentively.
As soon as you did, he lunged forward to kiss you. Your hand fell from the carnation to his cheek.
Jungwoo didn’t leave much space between your mouths as he broke the kiss to say, “We need a password.”
“Oh, right,” you nodded, eyes glued to his. “We never did make a password for the blanket fort.”
He connected his lips with yours again. “And I don’t want to let anybody else in this morning.”
“Woos…” you whined, trying to cover your face with your hands, starting to feel shy again in the light of day.
“Y/N…” he imitated your tone as he grasped your wrists, pulling them away from your face until he had them pinned to either side of your head. The fairy was hovering above you on the mattress, a knee wedged between your legs for stability, and you held his gaze for a heavy, breathless moment. Then he went right back to peppering your cheeks and nose with kisses now that his targets were unobstructed, and you giggled as his hair occasionally tickled your ears.
“Woos...” You couldn’t help that the nickname bubbled up out of you again, too much happiness in you to keep it all contained.
Jungwoo stopped for a moment, beaming down at you, “You are a genius, Y/N.”
“What?”
“That—” He rolled off of you, but only to take you with him, pulling you into his arms pretty much on top of him. “Will be our password. Because only you can call me that.”
Thankfully, you all didn’t have to leave too terribly early. By the time Taeyong and Doyoung came back from the local coven’s dawn sacraments the rest of you had barely started on breakfast. Well, most of you. You, Jungwoo, and Jaehyun had eaten breakfast first. Jungwoo and you didn’t really want the full brunt of everyone seeing the two of you leave your bedroom together, so you decided to get up and have breakfast earlier. And Jaehyun happened to be awake when you got out there, so he ate with you two—or, sat at the table while you two ate.
Once Taeyong and Doyoung were back, it was a hustle and bustle to pack. You and Donghyuck had to disassemble the blanket fort after packing your bags.
“Ew, why can’t you and Jungwoo deal with your little love nest—” Donghyuck was cut off by a pillow to the face.
“I’m sorry, who decided to sleep in someone else’s bed without permission last night like a little freak?” You retorted, taking the sheets off of your mattress now that the furniture was back in its original place.
“And who still hasn’t thanked me for my little freak nature, nor even told me what happened last night?”
You couldn’t even pretend to be mad, zooming over to shut your bedroom door then turning back to your best friend, absolutely buzzing with excitement. In a hushed voice—well aware of all the various creatures with superhearing in the house—you relayed the details of last night to Donghyuck as quickly as you could, needing to repeat them for your benefit, too, to convince yourself that it all really did happen.
“Oh fuck yeah, Y/N!” Donghyuck held up a hand for you to high-five, then low-five, then fist-bump. “Now, what do we say?”
“What?” You looked at him incredulously.
“Let me hear a ‘Thank you for being a little freak and taking Jungwoo’s bed last night, Donghyuck.’”
You scoffed, but threw your arms around his neck nevertheless, “Thanks, Hyuck. For being a good friend all week, and for being a little freak.”
You felt his arms and some vines entwine around you in return. “Anytime, Y/N.”
Jungwoo found you again in the living room as everyone else was milling about. At some point, your bags had been grabbed and packed up in the cars by the other guys, and you stayed out of their way, figuring they knew what was best. The fairy bumped your shoulder with his, and you bumped him back.
Doyoung suddenly called for him by the front door.
“Oh hey, Jungwoo, we were able to repack the cars and there’s room for you in mine now,” he said. “This way Johnny has to make fewer stops, and you can come right home.”
You and Jungwoo exchanged a glance before he went to reply to his roommate. “Oh, you did? Uhm…”
Then Doyoung broke into snickers. “You should see the looks on your faces. I’m kidding, we have more crap than we came with, actually. Jungwoo’s still in Johnny’s car, don’t worry.”
“You’re not funny,” you crossed your arms over your chest.
“I think I’m the funniest person I know, actually.”
You didn’t even want to know what Donghyuck had told him last night when he suddenly appeared in Jungwoo’s bed.
“Okay, everybody ready?” Johnny asked the group loudly. “Nobody’s forgetting anything?”
“Hold on!” You exclaimed.
Quickly running to the very end of the boardwalk before it dropped off to the sand, you gave the ocean a wistful wave goodbye. “Bye Bear!”
You then jogged back over to the rest of the group, and gave Johnny a thumbs up. “Ready!”
And with that, you gave all your friends that you wouldn’t be riding with hugs goodbye. First Doyoung, who drove off with little beeps of the car horn behind him. Then Yuta, Jaehyun, and Taeyong, who were going to be leaving last. You felt bad for Taeyong, who was squished in the middle even more now with Doyoung’s rock riding shotgun. Yuta stood on the back of his truck to wave the four of you off as you drove away down the hill. You and Jungwoo were in the backseat again, waving back at them all through the rear window for as far as you could see them.
After they disappeared from your view, you settled into your spot in the middle seat, Jungwoo’s arm around your shoulders as he unfurled his wired headphones.
A hushed conversation up front floated back to you while Jungwoo struggled with a knot in the headphone wires.
“Seriously, they’re not dating, dude?” Mark whispered fervently to Johnny. Donghyuck had already laid down for his nap.
“Not that I’ve been told,” Johnny’s eyes flicked up to meet yours in the rearview mirror. He winked at you. You smiled back.
You leaned over Jungwoo to peer out the window at the passing houses turning into downtown, then the open road. Finally victorious, he held an earbud out to you, and you took it gratefully.
“Any requests?” He prompted you, opening his music library.
You already knew exactly what you wanted to listen to.